Azores weather and climate in January, February, March and April. Temperatures and how to dress.
Home » Weather » Azores weather and climate in January, February, March and April. Temperatures and how to dress.
Introduction
The Azores are a group of Portuguese islands located in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. The archipelago has a temperate climate, with average temperatures ranging from 18-25 degrees Celsius (64-77 degrees Fahrenheit). January and February are the coldest months, while March and April are generally milder. rainfall is common throughout the year, but particularly in winter. The Azores are also prone to strong winds and storms. If you’re planning a trip to the Azores, be sure to pack appropriate clothing for both warm and cool weather, as well as rain gear.
Azores weather in winter and spring
Azores weather in winter and spring is moderate with some occasional showers. The average temperatures during these months are between 10-15°C. From December to February, the days are shorter and the nights are longer. In March and April, the days start to get longer again and the temperatures begin to rise.
During winter and spring, the weather in Azores is moderate with some occasional showers. The average temperatures during these months are between 10-15°C. From December to February, the days are shorter and the nights are longer. In March and April, the days start to get longer again and the temperatures begin to rise.
Azores weather in January
Azores weather in January is mild with average temperatures ranging from 16-20 degrees Celsius. January is one of the driest months of the year, so it’s a great time to visit if you’re looking for some winter sun. The days are shorter in January, with sunrise around 8am and sunset around 6pm.
Azores weather in February
The Azores weather in February is mild and comfortable, making it a great time to visit this beautiful island destination. The average temperature in February is 17°C, with highs of 20°C and lows of 14°C. rainfall is relatively low during this month, at around 60mm. However, there is still a chance of rain, so pack your umbrella! The days are also shorter in February, with an average of just over 11 hours of daylight.
Azores weather in March
The average Azores weather in March is mild with some occasional showers. The temperatures range from about 18-20 degrees Celsius during the day and drop to about 10-12 degrees Celsius at night. There are an average of six hours of sunshine per day. The sea temperature is around 17 degrees Celsius.
Azores weather in April
Azores weather in April is mild with average temperatures ranging from 18-22°C. April is a dry month with little rainfall, making it a great time to visit the islands. The sea temperature is also pleasant for swimming, averaging at 20°C.
How to dress in Azores in winter and spring
Azores is an archipelago in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean and has a temperate climate. The average temperature in the Azores in winter and spring is 20°C.
The best time to visit the Azores is from April to June, or September to October. During these months, the weather is milder and there is less rainfall.
If you are visiting the Azores in winter or spring, you should pack light clothing that can be layered. A raincoat or jacket is also a good idea, as it can rain frequently during these months.
Sea temperatures in Azores
The Azores are a group of nine islands in the North Atlantic Ocean, about 1,360 miles (2,170 km) west of Lisbon, Portugal. The climate of the Azores is mild and stable year-round, with average temperatures ranging from 18–22 °C (64–72 °F). However, there is significant variation in temperature and rainfall between the islands.
Sea temperatures in the Azores are also relatively stable year-round, averaging 22 °C (72 °F). However, like air temperatures, there is some variation between islands. Sea temperatures are generally coolest around January and February and warmest around August and September.
Conclusions
Azores weather in January
January is the coldest month of the year in the Azores, with an average temperature of 13°C. The average high temperature is 16°C, while the average low is 11°C. January is also the driest month of the year, with an average precipitation of just 40mm.
Azores weather in February
February sees a slight increase in temperatures, with an average temperature of 14°C. The average high temperature is 17°C, while the average low is 12°C. Precipitation levels also increase slightly, to an average of 50mm.
Azores weather in March
March is a transition month between winter and spring, with temperatures beginning to warm up. The average temperature for the month is 15°C, with highs of 18°C and lows of 13°C. Precipitation averages 60mm for the month.
Azores weather in April
April marks the start of spring in the Azores, and temperatures continue to rise. The average temperature for the month is 16°C, with highs of 19°C and lows of 14°C. Precipitation levels remain steady at an average of 60mm.
Azores climate and weather in september, october, november and december. Temperatures and how to dress
October 30, 2022
Introduction The Azores are a group of islands in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, and their climate and weather can vary depending on the
Read more »
Azores climate and weather in May, June, July and August. Temperatures and how to dress
October 30, 2022
Introduction Looking to travel to the Azores in May, June, July or August? Here’s what you need to know about the climate and weather in
Read more »
Thailand climate and weather in May, June, July and August.
August 26, 2018
Are you in the process of booking and wondering if your idea of going to Thailand in the summer is a good one? What kind
Read more »
Thailand climate and weather in January, February, March and April.
August 26, 2018
Are you planning a holiday in Thailand for January, February, March or April and would like to know what the weather will be like? What
Read more »
Albania climate and weather in September, October, November and December.
August 21, 2018
Well, with our month-by-month guide to the world’s climates, we will try to give you a hand in figuring out what the weather will be
Read more »
Albania climate and weather in May, June, July and August.
August 21, 2018
Are you planning a holiday in Albania during the summer months? Would you like to know what kind of weather you will find in Tirana
Read more »
The essentials
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria is the most Cosmopolitan city of the Canaries, and one of the cities with the beast climate in the world thanks to its location, next to the Tropic of Cancer, and also thanks to the trade winds coming from northwest Atlantic. The result is an average temperature of 17ºC in winter and 25ºC in summer.
Its wonderful geographical location makes it also the European Capital of Mid-Atlantic and a cultural and financial bridge between Europe, Africa and America. It is the capital city of the island, Gran Canaria, and shares the status of the capital of the Canary Islands with Santa Cruz de Tenerife.
The city is located on the northeast of Gran Canaria, at only 18 kilometres (20 minute- drive) from the International Airport of Gran Canaria, making it easy to reach by plane in only two and a half ours from Madrid, four hours from the main European cities, and only at a six-hour flight from the American continent.
Climate
In 1996 specialised magazine Wheaterwise published a wide global report involving 600 cities that highlight as tourist destination. The study placed the city of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria as the one with the best weather in the world, according to a research endorsed by the Syracuse University (NY), written by Thomas Whitmore, and published as ‘Pleasant Weather Ratings‘. The average yearly temperature of 22ºC makes it a real privileged location.
On one hand, the city offers a pleasant climate in winter, perfect for this destination in that time of the year. During summer, on the other hand, its beaches and streets can be enjoyed and visited with a much more comfortable temperature than the very high ones that exist in other tourist areas of the island.
Las Canteras
Las Canteras Beach is one of the best city beaches in the world: a unique jewel right in the city, making it easy for the visitor to relax on the golden sand, practising sport by the shore, and also learn or enjoy surfing, scuba diving, snorkelling, kayaking, etc.
Sport clubs and schools in the area help these activities. Your bucket list must include a walk along the promenade: a local tradition since many citizens of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria enjoy a walk specially on the early hours of the morning or at the afternoon to enjoy the impressive sunsets that can be also enjoyed from any spot of the three- kilometre promenade that makes a light curve, as it the sky was a stage, from the Alfredo Kraus Concert Hall, the Plaza de la Música, the surf area of La Cícer, the popular Playa Grande, and La Puntilla, entrance to the Borough of La Isleta.
Beyond that point, the tourist can keep walking along the Avenue of Los Nidillos towards the natural place of El Confital, well known by every surfer, and also by those who look for silence and calmness; it is an open place that gives its back to the city, a perfect location to enjoy the sunset.
These experiences can also be enjoyed all along the beach promenade on any of the numerous bars and restaurants where to enjoy a meal al fresco, making this beach the natural theme park of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, an environment with a vivid city life.
The city of Columbus
Before his first trip, the one of the Discovery, Christopher Columbus stopped in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria to repair one of his vessels, La Pinta, a necessary layover to cross the Atlantic. The city, only a small settlement in those days, founded in 1478, began to grow around a few houses which later became the historic borough of Vegueta and the Guiniguada ravine.
Nowadays, the old town offers a unique sight on this side of the ocean: an area of Columbus-style architecture where Plaza Santa Ana square highlights along with the Cathedral and the Town Hall (the old city hall where the City Council plenary sessions still take place).
The Carnival
The Borough of La Isleta, on the north-eastern side of Las Canteras Beach, was the cradle from which the modern carnival in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria began its way to what it is today. During the dictatorship of General Franco the carnival was prohibited; however, it survived under the euphemism of Winter Festivities and people celebrated the masque-balls inside many popular social clubs in the area.
Since the eighties, the Carnival of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria gained more and more strength, highlighting when some additional events began to take place with an impressive response from the public at Parque Santa Catalina, the main stage of the celebrations. Nowadays, the Day Carnival in Vegueta, an extense programme of events for children complete a festivity that presents the Queen Gala and the famous Drag Queen Gala as their key dates, along with the popular murgas and comparsas contests.
Every winter, many tourists come to the city to enjoy these festivities that always displays a great celebration on the streets. Parades and concerts are always followed by thousands of people in disguise. Carnival is, without any doubt, one of the greatest events in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria every year, not only known by locals but from people from all over the world.
Gastronomy
In this 21 st Century, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria has turned into a destination with a rich gastronomy offer. A wide menu that includes local typical food (the essential papas arrugadas – wrinkled potatoes-, Canary pork ham, seafood, Canary cheese…), but also the contemporary revisit of these dishes under a contemporary perspective.
Besides, the city highlights for its great offer of many restaurants of different gastronomy definitions, delicatessens that suit all tastes, something very positive when you travel with your family. All along Las Canteras Beach promenade and through the neighbouring streets, many restaurants offer international cuisine from many different specialities of the world.
The historic boroughs of Triana and Vegueta, presenting a wide arrange of restaurants of any kind, the fishing village of San Cristóbal (where seafood cuisine is mastered on its restaurants), and a special place like the City Marina complete the varied and rich gastronomy offer in town, almost a must enjoy for the visitor. Las Palmas de Gran Canaria is a place to enjoy good food… and to accompany such tasting with an exquisite list of Canary wines.
Gran Canaria is a special climatic and economic point of the planet. Article about real estate in Spain
Among all the islands of the Canarian archipelago, Gran Canaria has the most favorable climatic conditions: the average annual air temperature is from 18 to 25 ° C, and the temperature of ocean waters does not fall below 18 ° C even in January-February. At the same time, due to the unusual relief, different microclimates prevail in different parts of the island, which could not but affect the natural diversity of Gran Canaria. Only here you can enjoy the grandeur of the canyons of North America in one day, drive along the prairies of Mexico, wander in the sand dunes of the Sahara, have a picnic on the edge of a pine forest, listen to the singing of exotic birds hiding in lush tropical thickets.
The perfect climate, amazing infrastructure, unforgettable hospitality of the local people have made Gran Canaria an ideal place for sports, recreation and permanent residence.
The strategic location, favorable financial and economic conditions have turned the island into a privileged area for intercontinental business. Since 1998, Gran Canaria has been declared a free trade zone and offers customs and tax benefits, as well as a number of additional benefits to foreign investors.
In the past few years, the demand for residential real estate in Gran Canaria has consistently exceeded the supply, which leads to a constant increase in the price per square meter, by about 4-6% per year. In resort areas, it is already almost impossible to purchase a free plot of land for building next to the ocean. In the ancient resort of Playa del Ingles, an active reconstruction of old residential complexes is now underway. Here you can buy apartments or bungalows at an affordable price. All residential complexes have one or more swimming pools. The management company takes care of the care of the garden (park), swimming pools, garage. The fees for these services, including water and electricity, range from 50 to 150 euros per month.
A new successful area of real estate investment has become the purchase of large plots of land on the sloping slopes of the mountains, followed by the construction of spacious villas and chalets overlooking the ocean and the entire resort part of the island. Wealthy locals and visiting Europeans prefer to settle here, preferring the silence and regularity of the exuberant life of coastal resorts. The road from such a country villa to the beach will take no more than 10 minutes. The profitability of this type of investment is about 35%, which is the highest in Europe. Europeans, as a rule, live here on their own in winter, and in the rest of the year they rent out housing to tourists, entrusting the care of real estate and the process of renting to specialized companies. The average cost per square meter of housing in resort areas is 2,000 euros. Real estate in more remote from the resorts, but at the same time no less beautiful coastal areas can be purchased for 1,600 euros per square meter.
The annual real estate tax is 0.2-2.5% of the value of the property indicated in the bill of sale. The amount of tax is calculated on a progressive scale, depending on the value of the property. Property worth less than 102 thousand euros is not taxed.
The buying process in Gran Canaria is the same as in Spain. In the matter of acquiring property, foreigners are completely equal in rights with the Spaniards. A foreign citizen also has the right to take advantage of a mortgage loan.
Temperatures in Spain – One of the Best Climates in Europe
When you ask most visitors what is the main reason for visiting Spain most will probably say the excellent Spanish weather, for the majority of holiday makers its the long sunny days that tempt us most, the climate in Spain does actually yield some wild and varied temperature changes.
The total annual sunshine hours vary from around 1700 in the north to some 3000 in the south and the canary islands, Bilbao gets around 1,525 hours.
The official lowest recorded temperature in Spain was in Lerida at a cool -32-C in 1956, the highest temperature goes to Ecija in the province of Seville deep in central Andalucia in the south with an incredible 47.C, no wonder why the Spanish refer to this village as the ” Sarten de Andalucia ” The Frying Pan of Andalucia.
It is quite normal for temperatures in Seville and surrounding countryside to reach 40C in the summer, add to that the hot dry Spanish Terral winds that blow through over the countryside and you can understand why the general population of these areas tend to flock to the nearest coastal area at every opportunity.
Thus, while the average temperature of much of the Mediterranean coast is around 15ºC the coldest stretch of coast in the winter is in Guipuzcoa in the north with an average of 8ºC. The warmest area on mainland Spain is Andalucia with an average annual temperature of 16ºC.
The valleys of the Sistema Iberica suffer the highest numbers of frost during the year, with places such as Calamocha and Molina de Aragon getting an average of 120 frosts per year. Similarly, Reinosa in the Cordillera Cantábrica at 950m above sea level has an average of 90 days of frost.
On peaks above 2,500m in the Pyrenees, Picos de Europa, Sistema Central, Ibérico and the Sierra Nevada it snows between 90 and 120 days a year. In these mountain ranges snow is often present from October to June in the highest and shadiest spots, though it only remains all the year round in the glaciers of the Pyrenees.
Mediterranean Spain
Ibiza Cala de Sant Vicent
Runs from the north west of Catalonia in the north to the province of Cadiz on the southern tip of Andalucia. The Mediterranean coast has high sunshine levels, from six hours per day in the winter to 12 hours per day in summer. Winters are mild and much warmer than central Spain, rain in Spain is very rare from June to August although the northern Mediterranean coast may be liable to occasional heavy downpours.
In the south, there can occasionally occur a very hot wind from North Africa ( Sirroco winds ) and the Terral winds which blow across Spain from the north heating up as it travels south, thankfully the sea breezes generally stop temperatures from rising too high which are usually around 10 degrees cooler than inland during the hottest months of July and August.
Central Spain and the Southern Atlantic coast
View over Malaga City
Central Spain and the southern Atlantic coastline generally has low rainfall through winter snow can be heavy on the mountain ranges. Summers are generally hot, especially in the Guadalquivir valley of Northern Andalucia running out to Seville where some of the highest temperatures are recorded. Sunshine levels average 5 hours per day in winter and 12 hours per day in summer. Central Spain and the Atlantic coast can be notably windy with the winds being cold if coming from snow-covered sierras.
North and North-West Spain
Galicia Coastline
can be influenced by depressions from the Atlantic, particularly in the autumn and winter, making this the wettest and cloudiest part of Spain. Sunshine levels average 3 hours per day during the winter and 8 hours per day in the summer.
Summer temperatures are lower than in other parts of Spain although the days are sunny and pleasant. The weather is very much like the UK and other northern EEC countries.
You will undoubtedly have long sunny days during the summer in the North of Spain, likewise, you could easily find that a depression of the Atlantic brings a few days of rain with the temperature dropping to around 12 C until the weather stabilizes.
The climate in Spain is incredibly diverse and is largely affected by its altitude and the surrounding sea. Spain is one of the most mountainous counties in Europe and has two oceans (the Mediterranean and Atlantic) on both sides of it. There is also a huge difference between the northern and southern climate.
Summer
Sunset Cadiz Andalucia
Spanish summers can get very hot, especially inland. The average temperatures are at least 30°C. Coastal areas enjoy cool breezes that bring temperatures down to a more bearable level. During the summer there’s an average 11/12 hours of sunshine per day and it hardly rains at all in the south, hence making it such a popular all year round popular holiday destination for so many visitors to Spain, it is also quite normal not to see rain of any significance for at least 5 months a year.
Autumn
Autumn along with Spring is a great time to visit Spain; the landscape is invariably greener, even in the south, the sea stays warm having been heated up during the summer months with average air temperatures of around 28 °C.
It’s only in late November that temperatures start to fall to around 20 °C. Heading towards the winter, as the hour changes, daily sunshine reduces to an average of 6 hours, again another reason why winter tourism is still as popular as ever with many northern European travellers.
Winter
Spanish Sunset
During the winter, southern coastal temperatures hover at about 16 °C. Although sunny and warm during the day, it can feel very cold at night. Inland, it gets seriously colder, especially in mountainous areas around the Pyrenees, Madrid and Granada. However whilst the north of Spain may be experiencing low temperatures off 9C a short two-hour flight to the Canary Islands and your back up to a warm and inviting 25C. one reason why these Islands have become Europe’s top winter holiday destination.
Spring
Late spring, in anticipation of summer, is a magical time in Spain. As the days get longer and the weather settles down the average daily temperatures hover around 15C inland and about 24 °C on the Southern coastline. There’s an average of 11 hours sun per day and the countryside is in full bloom, the Easter fairs are underway and there is a colourful and exciting vibe in most towns and Villages throughout Spain.
Some of the information on this page was referenced from the Met Office UK and the Meteorological Office Spain
17 Best Places to Visit in Spain in Winter
When we think of Spain, we imagine spending our time sunbathing on the beach, drinking sangria, or indulging in local cuisine. However, spending winter in Spain is as rewarding as it is in the summer months. One of the benefits of traveling to Spain in winter is getting the cheapest airfare deal and attending various festivals, events, and Christmas markets.
Here are some of the best places to go to Spain in winter recommended by other travel bloggers with snow-topped mountains and warm winter weather. But before you go, you might also want to learn some useful Spanish phrases for traveling.
Disclaimer: This post includes affiliate links to products, which earn me a small commission at no extra cost to you. This helps to fund my blog and bring more authentic articles to you 🙂 Learn more
What’s the weather like in Spain in winter?
Even though temperatures are different across the country, Spain’s climate is still one of the warmers and mildest among other European countries. The winter season here starts in December and lasts till March. The temperature highly depends on the region and its proximity to the sea or the mountains.
Photo Credit:
Eder Pozo Pérez/Unsplash
If you plan on skiing in Spain, the temperature in mountainous ski resorts gets below zero, while the northern part of Spain sees a lot of rain during winter. Coastal towns reach a temperature of 15C during the day in winter, with Costa Brava and Catalonia regions being sunnier with little chance of rain.
The temperature gradually decreases in January and February, with January being the coldest month. However, the weather in the Canary Islands is still warmer these months, reaching 20C. Overall, visiting Spain in winter is an excellent option to spend your winter holidays exploring the country.
What to pack for your winter in Spain vacation?
If you plan on doing some winter activities and sports, it goes without saying that your suitcase should include cold-weather gear and clothing, including skiing pants, gloves, a warm jacket, and a hat.
When exploring the cities, layering your clothes is essential. Make sure you pack a coat, comfortable walking shoes or boots, a warm scarf, an umbrella, and a hat. As the weather varies depending on the destination and region, you might not need many warm winter clothes. Just check average temperatures before the departure and pack one or two warmest pullovers or sweater if it gets colder during your vacation.
Photo Credit: Jan Padilla/Unsplash
Festivals & events to attend in Spain in winter
One of the reasons to spend winter in Spain is to attend different religious events and festivals scheduled from mid-December till January 6. Spend an afternoon walking through Christmas markets and indulging in delicious local food, try your chances winning a multi-billion Euro lottery, admire gorgeous religious scenes, and spend New Year’s Eve at one of the biggest celebrations.
Other festivals worth attending is the famous carnival in Sitges in February with lots of colorful costumes and drinking straight in the streets.Note: sometimes, the dates vary, so make sure to check before you plan.
Cadiz hosts Festival de Jerez is the most important flamenco festival in Spain that starts at the end of February and continues through the beginning of March.
Art lovers will enjoy spending their time at the ARCOmadrid International Contemporary Art Fair that runs from the end of February till the beginning of March in the capital.
Big cities to spend winter in Spain
Barcelona
The capital of Catalonia, Barcelona, is probably the most visited city in Spain. Although many travelers flock here during spring or summer, there are plenty of activities for you to do here in winter.
Winter in Barcelona is characterized by mild weather compared to other parts of Spain. The average temperature during the day is around 12C, while it doesn’t go below 5C at night. The days are sunny most of the time, and the streets see fewer crowds.
In winter, your trip to Barcelona will most likely include visiting its famous architectural masterpieces and monuments, tracking down Gaudi’s houses, and walking through the colorful Park Guel. While most of the museums don’t offer winter prices for tickets, there are two hacks you need to know about exploring Barcelona on a budget:
Always buy tickets online. Although there might not be huge lines at the entrance in winter, you might get a discounted fare when purchasing it online.
Some of these venues offer FREE entrances on certain days, such as the first Monday or Sunday of the month, or have open days throughout the year. Learn more here.
When wandering through the streets, hop in one of the cafes in Barcelona for delicious tapas or hot chocolate to warm up during the sightseeing. If you are a sweets person, don’t forget to try traditional Turron (nougat) or Polvoron (crumbly shortbread).
And if the weather gets cold, visit the revived ancient Roman bath located right next to El Born Market. Aire de Barcelona offers hot baths of different temperatures in a candlelit room along with other services like a relaxing massage, red wine bath, and candle oil experience, to name just a few.
Other winter activities in Barcelona including visiting the Christmas market, ice skating at one of the many rinks, and attending a Three Kings Parade on January 6.
Madrid
One of the best places to spend the winter in Spain is the city of Madrid. There are many things to do in the capital, including visiting one of the museums in Madrid, walking through one of the best and oldest Christmas markets in Madrid at Plaza Mayor, featuring many stalls selling a variety of winter items and gifts. It is a great place to get that Christmas feeling!
Another winter activity to do in Madrid is to admire its Christmas lights hanged everywhere you look. These are not regular lights as you see in other cities. Spain’s best artists and designers come together to create a display of lights that should be unforgettable.
Moreover, pay a visit to one of the many Christmas trees scattered throughout the city, especially Puerta del Sol. And if you wish to have a relaxing winter walk, visit Madrid’s parks; however, El Retiro Park is wonderful during this time of the year.
Recommended by Dym Abroad
Zaragoza
Zaragoza is one of the most underrated cities in Spain. Indeed, the capital of Aragon has so much to offer. Due to its location between Barcelona and Madrid, it’s a great stopover option if you plan on doing a roundtrip.
When visiting Zaragoza, spend at least one day in the city; however, it’s recommended to spend at least 2-3 days to get to know the sights of Zaragoza even better.
The most famous places in the city are the Moorish Palace Aljafería and the Basílica del Pilar. The remarkable Pilar is not only the largest baroque church in all of Spain but also the landmark of Zaragoza. The basilica impresses its visitors with colorful and stunning details from the outside and inside.
But Plaza del Pilar, on which the basilica is located, is also a popular attraction because this is where the Christmas market takes place in winter. In addition to handicrafts, you can find all kinds of yummy snacks and even mulled wine, like the one common in Central Europe. Above it, you can discover festive lights and a vast nativity scene that you can walkthrough.
Recommended by Vicki Viaja
Valencia
With average annual temperatures of 23C and sunny winters that feel more like spring, Valencia is the perfect place to escape to for a little off-season “sol y sangria.” Head to the city beaches for a stroll along Paseo Maritimo and some of Valencia’s famous paella by the sea (paella was invented here!), or explore the many tapas bars that line the ancient historic old town.
Moreover, during winter, bustling Christmas markets come to life and flow out into the streets around Central Market, Market Square, and the Silk Exchange building. During this time of the year, you’ll also find an ice-skating rink and carousel in the famous Plaza del Ayuntamiento, while the iconic City of Arts and Sciences becomes a wonderland of food trucks and Christmas cheer.
Also, be sure to visit the arts and crafts fair at Valencia’s iconic Colón Market, where you can meet Santa and Spain’s beloved “Three Kings.” You may also want to pop into the Museu Faller de València to see the city’s legendary “ninots,” which are set alight during Valencia’s crazy Las Fallas fiesta (every March).
End your days with warming churros con chocolate, or treat yourself to an altogether more fortifying jug of Agua de Valencia, made with cava, vodka, gin, and fresh orange juice from the city’s signature oranges. Now that’s what you call a winter escape!
Recommended by Driftwood Journals
Granada
One of the best places to visit during the winter in Spain is the lovely city of Granada in the Andalucía region in the south of the country.
Being one of the most popular cities to visit in Spain, traveling here in winter enables you to experience the city’s beauty with a fraction of the crowds. Some of the best things to do in Granada for a couple of days is to explore the famous Alhambra complex (make sure to buy tickets in advance!), wander through the historical Arab quarter of Albaicín, indulge in the unique tapas culture of Granada, and visit the Sacromonte neighborhood to see the unique cave dwellings.
Apart from the typical attractions that you can experience year-round, visiting Granada during winter also means that you can enjoy some unique experiences. Travelers can take a day trip to the nearby Sierra Nevada Mountain range to ski or enjoy other winter sports. There are also Christmas markets that take place annually in the city in Plaza de Bib-Rambla and around Puerta Real.
Recommended by The World Was Here First
Seville
If you’d like to spend a winter in Spain under the sun, then definitely head over to Seville, the stunning capital of Andalusia. This city is one of Europe’s sunniest places, with average temperatures ranging from 8C – 17C during the winter months! This makes it the perfect place to enjoy the festive vibes without having to bear the cold.
It’s recommended to visit Seville for 3 days to enjoy everything this city has to offer fully. Some of the top things to do here include rowing a boat inside Plaza de España, exploring the majestic Royal Alcázar, seeing the tomb of Christopher Columbus in the Seville Cathedral, and climbing up the Giralda Tower. The best part about visiting in the winter is that you’ll see tons of beautiful festive lights when walking around these places!
Don’t miss out on the most popular Christmas market in town – the Feria del Belén de Sevilla. You can buy all kinds of gifts for your loved ones there, and it’s also a great place to get a glimpse of the local culture and traditions. Make sure to also stop by the Exposición y Vento de Dulces, which takes place at the Royal Alcázar. There, you’ll find local convents giving out delicious homemade sweets!
In mid-December, you can also watch a glorious Christmas concert performed by the Royal Orchestra of Seville. Towards the end of December, you can also see some Christmas parades organized by the Royal Postmen (Reales Carteros), which occur in the city center!
Recommended by The Diary of a Nomad
Cordoba
Cordoba is a great sunny destination to spend a couple of days in Spain in winter. Daytime temperatures are around 14-16 degrees celsius and fall to 4 degrees on the coldest nights. Moreover, the region also sees very little rainfall, while most days are bright with clear skies.
The city of Cordoba is visually stunning. Throughout history, it’s been ruled over by the Romans, the Moors, and then the Christians. Naturally, the number one thing to do in Cordoba is to visit the UNESCO Heritage-listed Cathedra-Mosque. Originally built as a Mosque, it was completed in the 10th Century. In 1236 Cordoba was captured by the Christians and was transformed into a Cathedral.
Other worthy points of interest are the Alcazar de Los Reyes Cristianos, the iconic Roman Bridge, and just outside the city, the ruins of Medina Azahara. The latter is 8km from the city, so you’ll either need to rent a car or book a guided tour with transportation. It’s definitely worthy of the trip out to see the once-grand city’s ruins, nestled into the hillside.
Another great thing to do here is to find the pretty flowered patios. As Cordoba sees sun all year round, flowers bloom even in the winter months! You can find pretty patios dotted all over the city, or visit the Palacio de Viana. Alternatively, head towards the Calleja de las Flores (Alley of Flowers) to find the cute cobbled alleyways adorned with colorful flowers.
During Christmas time, Cordoba is decorated with lights and displays like other cities. The main Christmas market is at Plaza de las Tendillas, featuring live music, food stalls, sweet treats, and traditional toys and gifts.
Recommended By Meet Me In Departures
Costa Brava
While the seaside region of Costa Brava may not be the first place you think of to spend winter in Spain, there are many reasons to visit it in the cooler months. During winter, the area typically experiences cool days with clear blue skies – perfect for walking the coastal trails and admiring the empty beaches.
You’ll find plenty of small villages and towns along the coast, some of which will be very quiet, and others that are still buzzing with daily village life. Head to Tossa de Mar to walk the ancient city walls and visit the Christmas fair that takes place early in the month, visit the Begur Castle and the stunning Sa Tuna seaside nearby, and discover fascinating Greek and Roman heritage at the Ruins Empuries.
For Christmas events, head inland to Girona, where you’ll find a lively open-air Christmas market at Plaça Independència, then walk the charming streets surrounding it that are adorned with festive lights and fun window displays. This unique area also has its own traditions when it comes to celebrating the Christmas season, and you can witness some of these curious customs for yourself during events that take place in Tossa de Mar, Bàscara, Pals, and Castell d’Aro.
You can visit the Costa Brava as a day trip from Barcelona, but to take full advantage of the quiet season, stay at one of the coastal towns and experience life as a local.
Recommended By Le Long Weekend
Charming towns to spend winter in Spain
Alicante
This coastal and peaceful town in the Costa Blanca region sees 3,000 hours of sun per year. There is no doubt that traveling to Alicante is an excellent choice for those who’d love to travel to Spain in winter.
Rich in history, sandy beaches, plenty of attractions, and colorful streets, you won’t get bored in Alicante. The main sight here is the Castle of Santa Barbara nestled on the hilltop overlooking the sea and the city. The surrounding Santa Cruz neighborhood is also worth checking out on your way to or from the castle. The area is full of cute white houses adorned with flowers and colorful windows.
Afterward, visit impressive cathedrals dotted in the city, or explore some of its interesting museums if the weather gets colder or rains during your stay.
The town’s location also enables travelers to explore its nearby charming towns such as Altea, Javea, Benidorm, Villajoyosa, or even Pink Lake in Torrevieja.
Sitges
One of the most beautiful destinations in Spain is Sitges, the tiny coastal city south of Barcelona. This gorgeous beach town on the Costa Brava is a joy to visit any time of the year. It’s also a popular LGBT travel destination with gay Sitges attracting tourists from all over Europe and beyond. While the crowds swell in the summer, it’s just as enchanting during the winter months.
On average, Sitges sees 310 sunny days per year and mild temperatures in the winter months. Even though the water temperatures are cool, you’ll commonly have beach days all winter long. A walk on Passeig Maritim, the coastal promenade, is a nice activity after sunbathing. The strip is full of boutiques, cafes, and ocean-view bars, many of which are open through the winter.
At the end of the promenade, you’ll find the picturesque Iglesia de San Bartolomé y Santa Tecla on the southern end of the coast. It’s a charming seaside church that’s open for tours and belongs in any Instagram feed.
Besides the beach, promenade, and brilliant church, the food in Sitges is delicious. Tapas are a must in the region, and one of the best restaurants to enjoy them is El Cabel. It’s an airy tapas place that’s always full in the summer season, but you’ll have no problem getting a table in the winter. Another great dinner option is La Picara, a Basque-style restaurant that serves exquisite pintxos.
Recommended by Robe Trotting
Toledo
Most people go on a day trip to Toledo, but this incredible historical town has so much to offer. With daytime temperatures around 12-14C, it’s a great place to go for the winter sun in Europe. It’s a wonderful city to get lost in its streets of the old town on sunny days.
There are historical sights and buildings around every corner, and you can easily spend a whole week in the city without running out of things to do and see. This self-guided Toledo Walking Tour will guide you through its highlights.
Make sure you visit the cathedral El Alcazar and Monasterio de San Juan de Los Reyes. It’s worth going for a stroll along the river that divides the old town from the rest of the city as you will cross beautiful medieval bridges like the Azarcuiel Bridge.
You might enjoy a Christmas market if you’re there at the right time. Otherwise, winter is the perfect time to indulge in Toledo’s finest marzipan and snuggle up with a hot drink in one of the many cafes to warm up. With some luck, you might even get to see the picturesque snow-covered ancient town.
Recommended by Brainy Backpackers
Villajoyosa
Villajoyosa is another charming town in the Costa Blanca region of Spain. This colorful little town will leave you in awe when wandering through its narrow streets. Villajoyosa is an ideal destination for those who’d love to embrace a peaceful environment during their winter break. The name of the town means “joyful,” and it literally lives up to this title.
Apart from having a historical value, Villajoyosa is also known for its chocolate, sandy beaches, nearby fishing houses, and perfect climate in winter. Those who’d love to mix cultural travel with their relaxing vacation should visit Valor Chocolate Museum, the archeological museum Vilamuseu, and Torre El Aguilo for stunning views of the Medieterreanin sea and the coastline. There’s a bustling dining scene here with beach bars and restaurants to try local cuisine and delicacies.
Similar to Alicante, you can base yourself in Villajoyosa and explore the nearby towns as a day trip.
Cadiz
Cadiz is one of the less touristy cities in Andalucia, making it a fantastic place to experience the authentic region and mingle with the locals.
In winter, Cadiz’s temperatures remain quite high, warm enough to wear just a t-shirt and even sunbathe during the day in February. Being located in southern Spain, Cadiz also benefits from an average of 300 sunny days a year, which makes it a desirable place in Spain in winter.
Whilst the winter holidays are not celebrated with Christmas markets and street celebrations like elsewhere, Cadiz still attracts thousands of visitors for its annual carnival.
In the second part of February, the Cadiz carnival brings the city to life through music, street performances, parades, competitions, great food, and fireworks displays. The carnival stretches over 10 days and is one of the liveliest and must-see spectacles in Andalucia.
Cadiz’s first carnival was held in the 16th century, and since then, it became a proper tradition. The most famous groups in the parades are the chirigotas, who wear identical costumes and train for the entire year before the carnival.
Recommended by Andalucia In My Pocket
Avila
Ávila looks like a page plucked from a fairytale book when you gaze down at it from a vantage point. More than a holiday destination, Ávila is about traditional Spanish culture rooted in its history. Thousands of tourists flock here every year because of its connection with Saint Teresa, who was born here.
The fortified medieval walls surrounding the intra-muros town Ávila in Spain are among the finest city defenses globally and are called Murallas. Therefore, the first thing to do in Avila should be to take a walk around these walls passing through its arches and gateways, for a feel of the historical town.
The Cathedral of Avila is one of Avila’s oldest religious buildings and represents the finest Gothic, Romanesque, and Renaissance architecture in Europe. The Cathedral’s museum has a large artifact collection, including valuable tapestries and embroidered pieces.
Ávila has the coldest winter and low temperatures among other provincial capital cities. There are several museums and churches to visit to remain indoors if the weather is too cold. The collections at the Museum of Oriental Art include some stunning ivory carvings and metalwork and a roomful exotic animal.
And don’t forget to visit Avila’s famous Tapas Bars. Avila’s veal is very famous, and so is the baked dessert Yemas de Avila. Visit the Christmas market at the Town Hall to see a large Christmas tree with lights glowing around, try some food, and maybe even buy some souvenirs.
Recommended by Le Monde, the Poetic Travels
Islands to spend winter in Spain
Gran Canaria
Gran Canaria is a great spot to take a little break from the cold, grey Europe. And while the rest of the continent is covered in layers, scarves, and gloves, you can roam around here in a bathing suit and go to a beach bar for Christmas Eve.
Gran Canaria is the biggest of all Canary Islands and a gorgeous place. It offers sun, sea, and sand without breaking your bank. Don’t think of it as a beach spot; this beautiful island also offers adventure, culture, and nature.
On the north of the island lies the capital called Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, which has a very local culture and vibe. Find beautiful beaches on the south of the island and the famous dunes of Maspalomas where the desert meets the sea.
Gran Canaria island also offers a chance to hike and explore nature with a chance to enjoy delicious local cuisine in its tiny villages. If you want some adrenaline rush, join a scuba school and explore the seas around or get your life vest on and head for a water sports center. Prefer to fly instead? Check out the parasailing adventures on offer.
For New Year’s Eve, enjoy the Spanish traditions of eating 12 grapes in the last 12 seconds till midnight and partying till dawn.
Recommended by Brown Boy Travels
Puerto de la Cruz
Tenerife is another island out of eight Canary Islands. Similar to Gran Canaria, it’s a popular destination for the rest of Europe. The Canary Islands, often referred to as “the land of eternal spring,” enjoys a 22C average temperature even in January, making it, probably, the warmest place in Spain.
Located just off the coast of Morocco, Tenerife offers the perfect blend of beach relaxation, great scenery, and outstanding hiking. Each island in the Canaries has its own highlights and personality. Even though Tenerife is often stereotyped for its rowdy beach resorts and raucous crowds of British package tourists, those resorts are almost entirely centered on the far southern coast.
Instead, head up to the northwest corner where beautiful Puerto de la Cruz retains a traditional atmosphere and relaxed expats community. Particularly popular with Germans, Puerto de la Cruz boasts a wide range of outstanding German restaurants to go along with several British pubs and many other great choices from Italian to Moroccan.
Many people don’t realize that Tenerife is also an amazing hiking destination, with trails ranging from short, scenic cliff strolls to stunning valley hikes to spectacular ascents of iconic Mount Teide. It is easy to rent a car to explore the island, or you can take advantage of the simple, extensive, and affordable public transportation system.
Moreover, Puerto de la Cruz is extremely affordable compared to other European beach destinations, especially if you have the time for a long-term apartment rental.
Recommended by Routinely Nomadic
Adventurous winter in Spain
Sierra de Grazalema Natural Park
Sierra de Grazalema Natural Park is an under-visited wilderness area dotted with deep canyons, lush green vistas, and craggy mountains. It’s an excellent place to spend winter in Spain, where you can enjoy hiking under snow-capped mountains on trails still framed by colorful winter flowers.
Sierra de Grazalema is home to an interesting array of wildlife, and winter is the best time to see them. Ibex can be spotted in the grassy hillside meadows; eagles are common, and Griffon vultures are particularly active in the winter months. It’s a great destination for active people who enjoy hiking and photography in a beautiful setting.
Several different trails are suitable for winter, the best being El Pinsapar – a half-day hike with an easy ridge climb. It offers excellent views over Andalucía then descends into the protected forest area, which is the only place in the world you can see the Spanish fir tree (Pinsapo).
Once refreshed from some winter hiking, enjoy a stroll around the famous white villages of Andalucía. Grazalema’s town sits on a rocky ledge, deep in the Sierra de Grazalema Natural Park, with towering, craggy mountains rising all around it. Zahara de la Sierra is a postcard-ready white village with magnificent views, a cute atmosphere, quirky churches, and excellent eating options.
Recommended by Anywhere We Roam
Want more inspiration?
Follow on Pinterest
Spread the word!
Facebook
Twitter
Weather in Spain, live, forecasts and averages
What’s the Weather Like In Spain?
When you think about a summer holiday destination, it’s likely that one of the first places to come to your mind is Spain. For many years visitors have been flocking to the sun-drenched beaches of this European hotspot, returning home with an enviable tan, and plenty of memories to smile about.
Packed full of destinations which cater for every kind of visitor, it is entirely possible to span many different varieties of a holiday simply within one, albeit rather large, country.
Famously Good Weather
Spain is famous for its weather, Benidorm, Spanish food, it’s football team, Barcelona, and basically being a rather sunny place overall – none of these descriptions are incorrect, and in fact, they are all entirely true! The other major advantage to choosing Spain for your next holiday is that it is so easily accessible, with low-cost airlines heading there.
The weather of Spain is the most diverse in Europe due to its size, coasts and large mountain ranges. The climate changes from north to south as the country spans many latitudes, and the east and west are different again as they are affected by the Mediterranean and the Atlantic respectively. In fact, the temperature records for Spain illustrate the extremes that can be found across the country.
Highest and Lowest Temperatures
The highest official temperature recorded is a sweltering 47°C in Andalusia in the south central region of Spain. The coldest temperature officially recorded in Spain is -32°C in Lerida, in the Pyrenean region in the north of the country.
January 2020 – Storm Gloria
On 20 January 2020 Storm Gloria ravaged parts of Spain and the Baleric Islands. 13 people died in the extreme weather surge that caused windespread flooding and and swept away roads. A foot of snow also fell, triggering a rare red weather alert. The ferocious weather saw winds of more than 90mph and waves reached more than 8 metres along the coastline of south-eastern Spain.
2020: Spain’s Hottest Febuary
Heat records were broken in several parts of the country in 2020 with Tarragona at the top, where a temperature of 27. 9 ° was recorded on February 23. That’s the highest February temperature in that area for 100 years.
The country’s averages in February 2020 were 3.0°C above average, tying with February 1990 as the warmest February since national records began in 1965. The national maximum temperature for February was 4.0°C above average and the highest February temperature on record.
Beautiful Benidorm in Spain
Despite covering many different types of climate, Spain is nonetheless best known for its Mediterranean holiday resorts, all of which are drenched with the sun in the months between May to October, and offer plentiful beach holiday activities. Whether you choose to head to one of the major resorts on the mainland, or you head towards an island, such as Ibiza or Majorca for instance, during this time of year the entire country is buzzing, with sunshine certainly plentiful.
Of course, it’s not just about summer, as the Canary Islands are the place to go no matter what the month of the year, with winter sun a definite in these beautiful and laid-back islands, situated just off the coast of Africa, although belonging entirely to Spain.
You can choose from Tenerife and it’s family-orientated fun, Gran Canaria and its plentiful beaches, lunar-like Lanzarote, and the huge sand-dunes of Fuerteventura – these all make up the major islands within this chain, known as the ‘Islands of the Enteral Spring’, mainly because they are always sunny, always warm, and very rarely wet. For example, Adeje experiences just 41mm of rain during the autumn month of October, giving you an idea of just how different in climate these islands are to the cooler countries in Western Europe at this time of year, such as conditions experienced in the UK.
It’s difficult to summarise Spain in a few words because the country is so diverse, but in terms of tourism and holidays, the weather and landscapes cater to every whim.
Altea Playa del Albir of white stones in Alicante, Mediterranean Spain.
Beach Breaks
Obviously, the Mediterranean climate makes for fantastic beach time from May until October, in places such as the sunny Costa del Sol, Benidorm, Fuengirola, and other such beach resorts which line the coast. All of these resorts have plenty to keep the kids occupied, which make them ideal choices for family breaks, but they also call out to groups and couples too.
Most resorts have a nearby water-park, as well as the huge Port Aventura theme park, located in Salou. This is a massively popular place to visit, with themed lands, rides, shows, and parades to enjoy. Check out the on-site hotels if you want to stay over and make a couple of days’ break out of it, such as the PortAventura Hotel Mansion de Lucy, for a five-star experience in the heart of theme park fun.
City Breaks
Spain is home to some huge cities, namely Malaga, Madrid, and Barcelona, to name just three. Everyone knows about the football in Barcelona and most people who visit simply have to head to the Nou Camp, to check out the stunning stadium and learn about the history of the team. If that’s not your bag, then the shopping opportunities are plentiful. The great thing about Barcelona and its stunning architecture is that it is a city for all seasons, still with 6 hours of sunshine during the winter month of January. Sipping a coffee in Las Ramblas is a must do.
Madrid is situated in the centre of the country, and its summers can only be described as blistering hot. If you want to experience everything this cosmopolitan city has to offer, such as visiting the Royal Palace of Madrid, then you may be best heading there towards the end of the year, when you can explore in much more temperate conditions, although still in a very sunny manner, with little in the way of rain. Madrid only experiences around 50mm of precipitation on average during December, making it the ideal destination for some pre-Christmas shopping.
View of Vall de Nuria Sanctuary in the Catalan Pyrenees, Spain
Ski Breaks
You might only picture sun and beaches when you think of Spain, but ski holidays are extremely popular in the mountainous regions of the country. The Pyrenees form a natural border between Spain and France, with Andorra situated in the middle, and there are countless ski resorts to explore here, with something for every ability level. Check out Baqueria Beret SA for a classy choice. Alternatively, check out the Sierra Nevada Ski Resort, located in the Sierra Nevada mountain range. Here you can try all manner of outdoor activities, including mountain biking, skydiving, and climbing, to name just a few.
Apres Ski in all Spanish ski resorts is iconic, and Formigal is reputed to have the best entertainment in terms of a ski resort in the country. When you combine it with fantastic ski opportunities and accommodation, it’s not hard to see why this resort, located in the Aragon Pyrenees, is so popular.
Spain will always be in the top three choices when it comes to picking a summer holiday destination, and there are many winter destinations too, meaning this is truly a year-round destination. Pick the Canary Islands and their endless blue skies during the dark winter months back home, and you will instantly be given sunshine pick me up, or head to Barcelona for a spot of glitz and glamour. During summer, you have far too much choice to write down on paper, and with low costs, ease of travel, a friendly atmosphere, and plenty to see and do, Spain continues to draw visitors in their millions year upon year.
Overall Spain and its surrounding regions experience a wide range of different climates, due to its size, the huge mountain ranges, and the surrounding Mediterranean Sea. However, there are some main climatic regions which can be summarised in further detail: Meditteranean, Semi-Arid, Maritime, Subtropical, Continental and Alpine.
Clickstay
Clickstay offer a wide selection of stunning Spanish villas to suit every budget.
Best Time to Visit Spain: Month-by-Month Guide (2022)
Planning a trip to the land of tapas? Make sure you know the best time to visit Spain based on tourist trends, weather, and the fun happenings of this crazy cool country.
In this article, I’m going to walk you through the best time to visit Spain, and give you a breakdown on the best things to see and do per month!
If you’re looking for a quick answer on when the best time to visit is, our recommendation is to visit during the spring or fall is best as you’ll have mild weather, less crowds, and plenty of activities to keep you occupied.
However, keep on reading this article to decide for yourself!
View Contents
When’s the Best Time to Visit Spain? (Updated 2022)
What You Should Know When Planning a Trip to Spain
A Month-by-Month Guide to Visiting Spain
Accommodations Around Spain
When’s the Best Time to Visit Spain? (Updated 2022)
The best time to visit Spain is during the spring months of March to May or during the autumn between September and November.
During these times, you’ll have pleasant weather, way less crowds, decent prices, and plenty to do! Plus, since these times are the off-season, accommodation will typically be cheaper, you’ll have a much easier time getting a dinner reservation, and you won’t have to spend half of your day waiting in line for the next attraction.
Spring is an especially good time to visit as it’s often warm enough to hit the beach, and there are tons of festivals and events going on that shouldn’t be missed!
However, no matter when you visit Spain, you won’t be disappointed. Year round, there’s delicious food, unbelievable museums, and a culture that’s well worth immersing yourself in. Just note that during off-season between November and March, you may find that businesses and restaurants have shortened hours.
✨Want to Have a More Local Experience While Traveling?✨
Avoid cookie-cutter tours made for mass tourism. Wherever we are, we love going on local Airbnb Experiences as they have unique experiences around the world.
Click the button below to find a local experience near you.
View Airbnb Experiences
What You Should Know When Planning a Trip to Spain
Besides spring and fall, there’s a little more you should know when it comes to planning a trip to Spain. Keep this information in mind, and you won’t have to deal with any unpleasant surprises along the way.
You can opt to travel Spain independently or opt to join these multi-day tour from seasoned experts like G-Adventures. This Tapas and Flamenco Tour around Spain and Portugal is something we have been itching to do.
Whatever you do, make sure that you bring appropriate clothing. There is nothing worse than being too hot (or too cold!) Check out our Europe Packing List guide to make sure you don’t leave anything behind.
View Europe Packing List
When is Peak Season in Spain?
When it comes to tourism, peak season in Spain is during the sun-kissed summer months. You can expect hoards of people throughout the country during July and August, all eager to drink some sangria and hit the beach.
During the summer, you’ll find that prices are much higher than any other time of the year, especially when it comes to flights and accommodation. To combat this, plan your trip early and book everything far in advance. It still won’t be cheap, but it should be less expensive than planning a last-minute trip during the busiest months of the year.
That said, just because it’s peak season doesn’t mean you won’t be able to find some peace and quiet while you travel through Spain. Tons of locals leave the country during the summer to escape the Spanish heat (and tourists), or head to the coastal beaches to cool off.
You may find yourself pleasantly surprised when you have an entire side street to yourself on the hunt for the best tapas.
What’s the Weather Like in Spain?
The weather in Spain is generally pretty mild all-year long, besides the summer when it gets hot, hot, hot.
If you’re visiting Spain in winter, you can expect the temperatures to be around 40 and 50 degrees Fahrenheit throughout the country, but they will steadily rise as you move into spring and summer months.
During the summer, a typical day is around 90 degrees, so be sure to pack plenty of sunhats! If you’re looking to escape the heat in the heat of summer, head to northern Spain where temperatures are closer to 70 and 80 degrees. Otherwise, the beach it is!
The beach is understandably quite crazy in the summer, as everyone is scrambling to cool off in the pristine Spanish waters. This is why it’s actually best to avoid hitting the beach between July and August, and going during the spring instead!
Beaches during May and June are much more quiet than during peak season, and you can still enjoy warm weather. You can also hit the beaches on the other end of peak season between the end of August until October. The weather may be cooling off, but it’s still balmy enough to take a dip!
If you’re looking for warm weather year-round, you can generally find it along the coast. The Gran Canary Islands are also an ideal pick for a beach getaway, sunbathing, and ocean swimming any time of year!
Festivals and Popular Events in Spain
Spain is well-known for hosting some of the most unique, exciting festivals and events every single year. It’s not uncommon to plan a trip around one of these festivals so that you can get in on the action!
Most of the popular events in Spain happen during the spring and summer, such as La Tomatina, Feria de Malaga, and Las Fallas De Valencia. But you can also find a bunch in the off-season like the Grape Harvest in Rioja and Carnival. Check out our list of top Spain festivals for more information.
Regardless of which festival is on your bucket list, it’s best to plan far in advance as it’s likely going to draw in crowds from around the world. Book your hotel and flights early, and have tickets if needed! You don’t want to miss out.
A Month-by-Month Guide to Visiting Spain
To help you decide when is the best time to visit Spain, here’s a breakdown of what goes on in the country month by month. Alternatively, you can also check out our full Spain Travel guide.
Besides the weather, you’ll be able to choose when to go based on activities available and famous festivals that will round out your holiday.
January – Ideal for Winter Activities
Average Temperature: 45 – 60°F
Highlights: Not many tourists | Cheap accommodation | Winter activities
Festivals: Three Kings Day | San Sebastian Festival
This is definitely during the height of Spain’s offseason. The weather is chilly, but on the upside, there aren’t a ton of tourists so you can sightsee without constantly bumping into others. If that’s not enough, hotels and accommodation are typically less expensive in January because there isn’t much demand.
If you’re a winter sports lover, January is a perfect time to head out to the Sierra Nevada mountains for some skiing, snowboarding, or fireside tapas. There’s also plenty of snowshoeing and snowmobiling in the Pyrenees and Picos de Europa for different mountain views.
If you prefer to enjoy the mountains from a distance, there’s still plenty to do like warming up with a hearty cooking class or taking advantage of the post-Christmas shopping deals!
Finally, you can find a couple of festivals in January like Three Kings Day on the 6th which is accompanied by celebrations around the Balearic Islands, and the San Sebastian Festival which is famous for residents taking to the streets with their Tamborrada drumming!
Travel Must: At the risk of sounding like your parents, make sure you get travel insurance before hitting the road. Trust us, it’s one of those things you don’t want to leave home without. We recommend either World Nomads or Safety Wing, depending on the type of traveler you are.
February – Party during Carnival in Spain!
Average Temperature: 50 – 62°F
Highlights: Carnival | Flamenco
Festivals: Carnival | Festival de Jerez
February is still pretty quiet in Spain with decently cold temperatures, especially in Madrid and other northern cities like Bilbao and Galicia. It’s also rainy pretty much all of the time, which is why most people opt to hit the south of Spain when planning a trip in February.
That being said, February is famed for being the month of Carnival, which celebrates the beginning of Lent. There are tons of events throughout Spain, with big parties in places like Cadiz and the Canary Islands.
Put on a flouncy dress and your dancing shoes because Carnival means sangria and dancing!
Speaking of dancing, the Festival de Jerez is also in February and it’s one of the most well-known flamenco festivals in Spain. It’s a great way to experience Spanish culture while watching shows and listening to the stomp of heels. Flamenco fanatics — February is for you!
March – Experience Unique Spanish Festivals
Average Temperature: 60 – 70°F
Highlights: Beginning of spring | Not too crowded yet | Good time for hiking
Festivals: Las Fallas | Sant Medir | Semana Santa
The weather in Spain in March can be unpredictable, so you never really know if you need your swim trunks or fleece. But then again, the start of spring is always unpredictable!
March officially marks the beginning of spring which is one of the most beautiful times to visit Spain. Trees start to bud and blossom, there are flowers abound, and of course some rain to round things out.
March is an awesome time to visit Spain as it’s right before it starts getting busy. Intimately enjoy museums before the tour groups roll in, and hit the hiking trails before it gets blisteringly hot.
Not to mention, there are some unbelievable festivals during this time of year.
A trip to Valencia during this month is a must as the week-long Las Fallas Festival is one of the most notable things to see in Spain. You’ll get to see a huge parade of giant figurines before they’re set on fire. It’s unique, totally Spanish, and an event that can’t be missed.
Other festivals during March include the Sant Medir festival in Barcelona, where horse-drawn carriages filled with Spaniards throw treats to the people in the Garcia neighborhood. There’s also Semana Santa, the most Holy Week of the year. It’s a massive religious celebration throughout Spain during Easter, and can last for more than a week!
April – Prime Time for Adventure Activities
Average Temperature: 65 – 75°F
Highlights: Warm, comfortable weather | Not too crowded | Adventure activities
Festivals: Feria de Abril | Festimad | Feria del Queso
Another month of unpredictable weather, but certainly the warmest of the year so far.
In April, people in Andalusia start heading to the beach and restaurant terraces slowly fill up with eager diners ready for a taste of spring on the patio. Despite the weather being good, the wave of summer tourists still hasn’t hit yet, so this is a great time to visit before things get too crowded!
Enjoy sightseeing and sitting outside enjoying a coffee in the city square, or hit the hiking trails to see spring budding in Spanish nature.
April is a prime time for adventure activities like mountain biking, rock climbing, quad tours, and helicopter flights as the weather is ideal for being outside.
View Manawa
View Get Your Guide
The warm weather also brings fun festivals, like the Feria de Abril, a spring fair in Seville that showcases Spanish culture and has endless entertainment. There’s also a huge music festival in Madrid called Festimad during which you get a different concert every night!
Last but not least, if you’re a cheese lover, Spain in April should certainly be on your bucket list as there’s the Feria del Queso in Trujillo, which is a three-day cheese festival.
No, you’re not dreaming… April is definitely one of the best months to visit Spain!
May – Perfect Weather and the Start of Bullfighting Season
One of the most beautiful months to visit Spain, the weather in May is simply superb. You’ll have warm and clear, sunny days with cooler evenings, perfect for city strolls of walks along the beach.
This is the month when the beaches start to fill up in the south, but the rest of the country experiences divine weather as well. Head down to enjoy a last bit of peace before the crowds of summer tourists roll in!
This is one of the last times you’ll be able to enjoy hiking without absolutely dripping in sweat, so be sure to head to the trails if you’re visiting in May! You can also comfortably enjoy activities like paragliding, a hot air balloon tour or even some water sports without the stress of getting too cold.
What the month of May is probably best known for is the beginning of bullfighting season. If bullfighting isn’t your thing (not blaming you there), you can hit the Madrid Open, which is Spain’s largest tennis tournament, and also held annually in May.
May is also the month of the Cordoba Patios Festival, which is celebrated with events, parades, flower “wars”, and patio contests for residents to show off the finest of spring on their doorsteps!
June – Spain Heats Up!
Average Temperature: 77 – 90°F
Highlights: Warm weather | Kite-surfing | Terrace coffees and dining
Festivals: Water and Ham Festival | Photo Espana
June is when you start to get guaranteed good weather in Spain.
Gone are the days of carrying a raincoat around, because you can typically expect warm, sunny days, every day throughout Spain. While not officially peak season, this is when the tourists begin to roll in, and it’s immediately noticeable at attractions like museums, cathedrals, and even the beach.
It’s also quite apparent in the price of flight tickets, hotel prices, and even the amount being charged around town. Prices tend to skyrocket as businesses prepare for peak season, so you better get your reservation nice and early.
Just make sure that whatever you book has air conditioning!
Some events you can keep your eyes out for if you’re visiting in June are the Water and Ham Festival in Granada which is your chance to participate in a good old Spanish water fight; and Photo Espana in Madrid, an international photo exhibition that’s the largest in the country.
If you’re looking for a little bit of active fun, June is also the best time to head to Tarifa for some kite-surfing. The wind is stellar and the waters aren’t too crowded yet, so it’s the perfect time to learn!
July – Peak Season Arrives
Average Temperature: 80 – 100°F
Highlights: Beach! | Full hours of operation | Lots of festivals and events
Festivals: San Fermin | Sanlucar de Barrameda | Benicassim Festival
Hello, Peak Season! This is without a doubt the busiest time of year in Spain as the entire country is packed north to south with tapas-eating tourists.
It’s also the hottest time of the year, so most locals in the inland cities make their way to the coast for some sea breezes and ocean views. You can visit Spain in July, but you should expect huge crowds everywhere, extremely expensive hotels and flights (book way in advance!), and long waits when it comes to dinner time.
However, July isn’t all bad…
The country really comes alive to cater to everyone who’s come for a visit. Restaurants and business operate on full hours, there’s always something to do or see, and there are plenty of festivals and events to attend for a huge dose of Spanish culture.
In July, you’ve got San Fermin, aka the running of the bulls, which goes on in Pamplona from the 6th of the month until the 14th. It’s quite a wild sight to witness and is definitely worth attending if you’re in the area.
If you prefer horses, you can watch races on the beach in Sanlucar de Barrameda at this other annual event.
One last unforgettable option for events to hit in July is the Benicassim Festival, a huge four-day music festival held between Valencia and Barcelona. Get tickets in advance because the lineup is always fantastic!
August – Time to Hit the Beach!
Average Temperature: 80 – 100°F
Highlights: Best beach weather | Basque country is best | La Tomatina
Festivals: La Tomatina | Semana Grande
August rounds out the hottest time of the year, with more and more locals hitting the coast. If a beach getaway is what you’re looking for, Spain has some awesome beaches that are just perfect for a seaside holiday.
Places like Seville, Madrid, and Granada are significantly less packed than the islands or coast of Spain as it’s too hot and dry to be landlocked. For this reason, you may find restaurants and businesses closed for the summer holiday, only to reopen when the weather cools down a bit.
If you’re looking for great places to visit in August, try Galicia, Basque country, and Asturias, where the weather is still beautiful without being too hot to handle. Take an awesome drive through northern Spain to check out the sights, and don’t forget to eat some pintxos while you’re up there!
However, what really brings people to Spain in August is the one-of-a-kind annual festivals held during this month.
The most famous is probably La Tomatina, which is basically a giant tomato fight among thousands of people. It’s held in Bunol on the last Wednesday in August, so mark your calendars!
Another well-known August festival is Semana Grande in Bilbao and San Sebastian which shows off the finest of the Basque region. You can expect bullfighting extravaganzas, giant puppet dances, and fireworks lighting up the night sky to end every day.
September – Summer (and Peak Season) Winds Down
Average Temperature: 75 – 90°F
Highlights: Less tourists | Grape harvests for wine | Inland cities have finally cooled down
Festivals: San Mateo Festival | Festa de la Merce
The end of peak season, and officially the end of summer, but Spain remains hot pretty much through the end of the month. However, it’s certainly more bearable than July and August, making September a lovely time to visit when the busiest time of the year is winding down.
You can go back to visiting inland places like Madrid and Cordoba, as well as wandering around other central cities without feeling as if you’re going to melt.
One of the best reasons to visit Spain in September is for the wine. This month is harvest season for some of Spain’s finest wines, so it’s a great time to head out to vineyards and taste the latest vintage!
There are plenty of vineyard and wine tours that will take you around a region for tastings, or you can venture out on your own for some sipping and snacking at whichever winery is closest.
Speaking of wine, in the La Rioja region every September, there’s the San Mateo Festival, which is a week of music, dancing, fun and of course, endless amounts of wine to celebrate the local harvest.
What could be more magical than that?! You can even use your feet to crush grapes at this event, one of the most traditional winemaking methods!
If you’re spending your September closer to Barcelona, be sure to head into the city for the Festa de la Merce, one of the largest festivals which celebrates Barcelona’s patron saint. Again, you’ll have a ton of wine here (which will make up for not heading to La Rioja), cultural events, and fireworks.
For even more culture, grab tickets to the San Sebastian Film Fest, also held during September, where you can watch films, catch sights of stars, and enjoy Basque country.
All of this goes to show that September is a simply magical time to visit Spain.
October – Best Time to Visit Andalusia
Average Temperature: 65 – 75°F
Highlights: Way less tourists | Pleasant weather | Good time to visit Andalusia | Surfing in Northern Spain
Festivals: Bienal de Flamenco | Week of Architecture
The weather starts to cool off and the cities begin to empty, so October is the perfect time to visit Spain if you can’t stand the heat or the crowds of summer.
October is the best time to head to inland cities like Madrid and Salamanca as they’re finally cool enough from the summer, but not as cold as they get in the heart of winter.
This is also a lovely time to pay Andalusia a visit. You can still experience a decent amount of sun with more empty cities than you’ll find in the summer, making for the perfect quiet escape.
For those who can’t stand to be out of the water, make your way to the north of Spain, where October brings some of the best surfing during the year! But you’ll definitely want to pack a wetsuit as it can get chilly out there.
October is also an ideal time to go hiking as you’ll be able to immerse yourself in the fall foliage along the trails.
In terms of events, October is home to the Bienal de Flamenco in Seville, the largest flamenco festival in Spain. Besides being great fun, just keep in mind that it only happens once every two years!
You can also head to Madrid for the Week of Architecture, which is great for any building fanatics looking to experience exhibits or workshops in some of the city’s most famous buildings.
November – Enjoy the Off-Season with Less Crowds
Average Temperature: 55 – 65°F
Highlights: Quiet city wandering | Fun festivals | Virtually no crowds
Festivals: International Sherry Festival | Jazz Festival
Finally, Spain gets some peace and quiet from the summer as the country prepares for the Christmas season. November is relatively quiet and cold, but there’s still plenty to do throughout Spain that makes it a worthy time for a visit.
Take a tour around Andalusia to visit local villages, or head to Ronda, a stunning town made famous by Hemmingway’s description as the “most romantic town in Spain.” November is the best time to spend your time wandering around in the crisp, cool weather before the winter chill really hits.
There’s plenty going on in terms of events in November, like the International Sherry Festival in Jerez (drink responsibly!) and the Jazz Festival in Madrid that draws people in from all across the world.
In terms of Spanish culture, November is a great time to visit for the Fiesta de La Almundena, held in Madrid. During this event, you’ll get to experience Spanish culture from long ago and spot Madrileños in their traditional dress!
No matter where you choose, you’ll be pleasantly surprised on a trip to Spain in November.
December – Celebrate the Holiday Season Spanish-style!
Average Temperature: 45 – 60°F
Highlights: Holiday season & spirit throughout Spain!
The weather in December greatly varies, depending on where you are in Spain.
On one hand, you can be skiing through the snow-capped Sierra Nevada mountains, while on the other hand you can be lying on a Carribean-like beach. The choice is yours!
To close out the year, December is the time for Christmas festivities throughout the country. Think lively spirits, colorful lights, and widespread celebrations wherever you go. Doesn’t get much better than a Spanish holiday season, now does it?
One of the most delightful parts of December in Spain is the vast number of Christmas markets spread throughout the country. These markets are filled with trinkets for sale, delectable bites to eat, and warm drinks galore.
You can find the best (and biggest) ones in Barcelona or Seville but plenty of smaller cities and towns have them as well as the holiday approaches.
You can also find a wild light display in Malaga in December, with bright strings of fairy bulbs lighting the city every evening.
If you’re seeking a sandy Christmas rather than a snowy one, December is the perfect time to head to the islands for a warmer holiday season. However, if you’re staying landlocked, there’s plenty to do to celebrate the holiday and ring in the New Year as well.
The best place to celebrate the new year is to head to Puerto del Sol in Madrid for an experience similar to one you’d have in Times Square on December 31st. There are massive crowds of people, all gathered to party until the clock strikes midnight.
The tradition here is to eat 12 grapes, one for each chime, to welcome the New Year! There’ll be bright lights, music, dancing, and plenty of festivities, so be sure to make this a part of your plan if visiting Spain during this time of year.
For a magical trip to Spain, go in December!
As you can see, each month in Spain brings something different to the table. Whether you’re looking for less crowds, the perfect weather, exciting festivals, or all three, you’ll be able to plan a trip to incorporate it all.
All of this goes to say that the best time to visit Spain is based on personal preference and what you’re looking to get out of your trip.
Spain really is the land of wonders, with endless amounts of surprises in store for those who visit. No matter when you go, you’re sure to fall in love with this magnificent country but just remember… avoid peak season if possible!
Accommodations Around Spain
Looking for different options on where to stay in Spain? Check out our individual articles featuring our top recommendations for every travel budget from hostels to luxury hotels.
Where to Stay in Spain Where to Stay in Madrid Where to Stay in Barcelona Where to Stay in Valencia Where to Stay in Bilbao Where to Stay in San Sebastián Where to Stay in Seville Where to Stay in Granada Where to Stay in Tarifa Where to Stay in Marbella Where to Stay in Malaga Where to Stay in Mallorca
Planning a trip to Spain? Check out these articles
Best Places to Visit in Spain That You Shouldn’t Miss
What to Eat in Spain: Ultimate Guide to Spanish Food
Europe Packing List: All You Need for a Summer or Winter Trip
Inspired? Pin It!
Spain in February: Top Destinations and Events
It’s never a bad idea to travel to Spain in February just because the weather’s a bit gloomy. There are little to no crowds in metropolitan cities, tourist spots, and it’s the perfect time to simply relax and enjoy the rainy days while munching on churros and hot chocolate.
Some regions, particularly cities near the Mediterranean coast, get relatively sunny weather with lesser rain showers. Pretty much, Spain is incomparable to the rest of Europe, which are mostly blanketed by snow in the whole of February. Still, there are lovely snowy mountains that peek through the distance, offering peaceful views.
Despite the cooler weather and a couple of rain showers in the afternoon, winter is a great time for visiting. Because it’s an off-season, the number of tourists is lower, meaning, everyone can stroll freely and avoid the long lines for the attractions.
Get to know Spain in February weather, the best destinations, and events during this time of the year.
Table of Contents
Spain Weather in February
Top Destinations in February in Spain
Valencia
Madrid
Barcelona
Popular Events
Carnival
Festival de Jerez
Check out these activities in Spain
Spain Weather in February
The weather varies significantly across the country, influenced by the oceanic climate. Coastal cities and towns may experience warmer temperatures, hitting a low 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
There aren’t many rain showers in February at this time of the year, and the weather is definitely dry than other regions.
The far south of Spain or the Andalusian region has milder cold weather mid-60 degrees Fahrenheit. Well-differentiated weather is experienced, with short inter-seasonal showers during the day. Meanwhile, the center, harsh winter conditions can be expected, especially in the Iberian plateau.
For travelers going to the Basque Country, get ready to embrace cold-weather fronts and intense rain showers. North Spain has an average temperature of below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, and is usually packed with heavy rains.
Barcelona, even though it is located in northern Spain, has milder temperatures because of the sea. No bitter cold mornings and nights can be experienced in Barcelona and nearby cities. The average temperature is 57 degrees Fahrenheit to 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
Central Spain, where Madrid is located, experiences slightly higher temperatures with minimal rain. It’s relatively dry and snow is rare, so long walks are feasible. Avoid getting up too early or going out late at night as the temperature drops.
Unless visitors are coming with elderly or toddlers, Spain in February weather is tolerable and desirable especially during mid-day and afternoons.
Top Destinations in February in Spain
To do lots of outdoor activities, it’s best to visit coastal cities and towns with warmer weather conditions. The entire Mediterranean coast is a fantastic destination, with lesser gloomy weather and more sunny days. Going all the way up to Valencia, Barcelona, and Alicante is a top choice.
Madrid is also a lovely place for a winter holiday, with lesser rain showers during the day. A lot of museum hopping is recommended, with side trips to plazas, palaces, and the Mercado de San Miguel.
Valencia
Image by Mathieu Militis from Pixabay
With a Mediterranean climate, Valencia is easily one of the top destinations in the month of February. The sun shines brighter during the day and the lowest temperature to experience is 8 degrees Celsius at night. It’s a coastal city with beautiful beaches surrounding the central town, so visitors can spend the day sunbathing and doing outdoor activities.
Home to the authentic and traditional paella, Valencia is one of the top pillars of Spanish cuisine. Paella restaurants and stands are everywhere, and travelers shouldn’t miss the seafood variety, which is pretty famous here.
Going around the city, Gothic architecture and Renaissance buildings are dotted in almost every corner. Visit the historical monuments, churches, and museums. The Valencia City Hall is among the eye candies of the city, showcasing a central clock tower, breathtaking interiors, and Roman arches on the balcony.
The City of Arts and Science is Valencia’s well-kept museum with a space-like exterior. Housing a host of attractions and activities, this modern building is not only for kids but also for adults. Here lies a huge planetarium, IMAX Cinema, botanical collection, and science exhibit. There’s also an oceanarium that showcases 500 distinct species.
There’s also a hip, modernized Old Town called Barrio del Carmen or El Carmen that’s filled with numerous shops, restaurants, bars, and nightclubs.
WHERE TO STAY? Best hotels in Valencia.
Madrid
Image by falco from Pixabay
February in Spain is certainly lovely in the capital city Madrid because of the lesser crowds and the cool weather. This month is still perfect for skiing, so hit the slopes at Puerto de Navacerrada. It’s relatively close to Madrid, gracing the ski resort with the beautiful views of Sierra de Guadarrama.
The Retiro Park is also a must-visit at this time of the year because the atmosphere is laid-back. The tree-lined boulevard is eye-catching, and it’s the best place to go when traveling with children.
For a serene lunch surrounded by the lake, head to Casa de Campo park. The Madrid zoo is located here, along with the theme park and the cable car.
For art enthusiasts, the month of February opens up more opportunities to enjoy the famous artworks without the flock of tourists. Check out the modernist masterpieces at Prado Museum, Reina Sofia, and Telefónica Foundation at Gran Vía. While here, explore the urban esplanade dotted with cinemas, theaters, bars, and alfresco restaurants.
Before heading back to the hotel, pay a visit to churros houses that serve the best fried doughs and thick, rich chocolate dip. The famous San Ginés is located in Madrid, which is the oldest churros house in the city. It’s open for 24 hours, so travelers can dunk the thick, fried dough into the chocolate at any time of the day.
WHERE TO STAY? Best hotels in Madrid.
Barcelona
via Flickr|Jorge Franganillo
The coastal city of Barcelona is probably the top destination during winter as the weather rarely drops. The days are sunny for most of the time, and fewer people are visible on tourist spots. Travelers will love the colorful trails of the city, narrow alleys of the Gothic Quarter, and the sumptuous treats that separate Catalonia from the rest of Spain.
Spain in February is the perfect time to visit the historic monuments, Gaudí buildings, and other attractions. Because of the cold breeze, travelers can also enjoy thermal baths to relieve muscle pain from non-stop exploration.
The food scene during winter is also insane, with lots of traditional pastries and delicacies popping around small markets. The Catalan turron and polvoron are among the popular delights, as well as sugary churros and calçots. The latter is a Catalonia delicacy that’s cooked in flames then dripped into a rich sauce—it’s all party in the mouth.
WHERE TO STAY? Best hotels in Barcelona.
Popular Events
Join the locals in celebrating the biggest festivals and other events every February. This time of the year is huge for the Carnival, which is celebrated across Spain. The flamenco festival also falls in this month, showcasing the world’s greatest flamenco artists in the town of Jerez.
Carnival
Imagen de Vinson Tan ( 楊 祖 武 ) en Pixabay
Cadiz and Tenerife are two places with a huge Carnival celebration. Street parties are common in a week-long celebration, along with colorful processions and extravagant parades. These are riotously fun, as participants wear the most bizarre and colorful dresses.
Celebrated before lent, the life of the party extends to the streets and people are seen having fun. Usually takes place in late February to early March, the Carnival involves lots of music, dancing, and more colorful dresses on the streets.
Festival de Jerez
Spain in February is also huge for flamenco fans as Festival de Jerez brings together the greatest performers in the country. Flamenco is a long-standing tradition with roots in Andalucia, and it’s celebrated every February 21 in the town of Jerez.
Renowned performers put up workshops to teach advanced flamenco dancing classes. Past performances include artists like Antonio Reyes, Diego Carrasco, María del Mar Morena, and a lot more.
February in Spain is definitely fun with a number of flamenco performances to grace the crowd in Jerez. Admission is usually free, and visitors can participate in different events.
Check out these activities in Spain
0
shares
Best Time to Visit Spain | Climate Guide
Andalusia, Spain
There isn’t one best time to visit Spain, because the country’s diverse offerings mean you can find something to enjoy at any time of year. Many people opt to travel there in late spring (April-May) or early fall (September-October).
Spain has a relatively mild climate, staying mostly dry year-round. Winter temperatures rarely drop below 50°F. Summer can be quite hot, especially in the south, and sees a greater influx of European visitors heading to popular beach resorts.
While it can get cold and wet in the north during the winter, the south remains very pleasant. Temperatures in the north make it a great option during the summer if you are worried about the heat.
Creating tailor-made tours for over 25 years
I love Spain around September time, when both the temperatures and the crowds wane a little. The air turns crisp, especially at night, and the sky darkens to a deep, rich blue, without a hint of haze. It’s still warm enough to go swimming during the day and, at night, you can enjoy the street life with just a lightweight jacket. It’s also a good time to see the harvest fairs, religious celebrations and fiestas de pueblos (town festivals) that seem to crop up in almost every village.
Alex, Spain & Portugal Specialist
Month-by-month guide for traveling in Spain
Jan – Feb
Mar – Apr
May
Jun – Aug
Sep – Oct
Nov – Dec
Visiting Spain in January – February
The beginning of the year can be rather quiet in Spain, with thinner crowds and less activity, though most businesses are still open. This time of year, especially January, is known as ‘rebajas’ season, when items at most stores are heavily discounted after Christmas, offering great deals.
Events & Festivals
Three Kings’ Day (January 6): Spaniards celebrate the Feast of the Epiphany, or Three Kings’ Day, with street parades where public figures dressed as the Three Wise Men throw treats to the children.
Carnival (February): Leading up to Lent, Spain’s carnival sees some Spaniards celebrating with large parties involving lots of sangria and outlandish clothing.
Visiting Spain in March – April
As the weather starts to warm up, the streets of Spain begin to buzz with more activity, though they aren’t as crowded as the summer months. Many people venture out for Semana Santa, Holy Week, to watch the parades that take to the streets. The warmer, but not overly hot, temperatures make it a very pleasant time to visit.
Events & Festivals
Semana Santa (March/April): Holy Week is celebrated with parishes joining together throughout the week for elaborate parades featuring glittering statues carried by hooded men.
Festival de Jerez (March): Over a couple of weeks, people flock to Jerez for one of Spain’s largest celebrations of flamenco music and dance, to learn from masters as well as watch some of the best dancers in the business perform.
Feria de Abril (starts two weeks after Easter in April/May): Seville hosts its annual fair, filled with carnival rides, dancing, along with plenty of food and drink. Men traditionally sport a traje corto (long tight pants and a short jacket), while women don flamenco garb.
Visiting Spain in May
Temperatures continue to rise in May, when the country comes alive with vibrant flowers and locals begin spending more time outside in the sunshine. May is a great time for outdoor activities such as hiking or heading to the beaches before they’re overrun with visitors. Temperatures are warm and tend not to have reached the uncomfortable levels of high summer.
Events & Festivals
Feria de Abril (starts two weeks after Easter in April/May): Seville hosts its annual fair, filled with carnival rides, dancing, along with plenty of food and drink. Men traditionally sport a traje corto (long tight pants and a short jacket), while women don flamenco garb.
Visiting Spain in June – August
The summer months can be hot and crowded and, like many other Europeans, Spaniards will flock to the coast to enjoy cooler weather and relax on the beach. Despite the heat, this time of year shouldn’t be avoided altogether. Buoyed by the longer days, Spaniards look for ways to unwind at night, so these months see a greater number of lively festivals and more evening revelry. Many festivities surround Spain’s food and wine and can be a real highlight of the summer.
Events & Festivals
Batalla del Vino, or ‘Battle of Wine’ (June 29): In a lighthearted ‘battle’, locals in La Rioja douse each other with the province’s red wine.
International Festival of Music and Dance (June/July): Granada hosts one of Spain’s largest and most important arts festivals, dedicated primarily to flamenco but showcasing other forms of music and dance, with several events taking place against the backdrop of the Alhambra.
Visiting Spain in September – October
Spain begins to quieten down after the rush and crowds of the summer. Temperatures return to pleasanter levels and most visitors have gone home, leaving the country in a more peaceful state, though still vibrant with daily Spanish life. Taking advantage of the pleasant weather and smaller crowds, this is a recommended time for exploring the country.
Events & Festivals
Bienal de Flamenco (September): Held every other year in Seville, this festival is one of Spain’s largest and most important celebrations of flamenco and attracts professional performers from all over the country.
Fiestas de San Mateo (September): A week of parades and concerts in La Rioja as the Feast of Saint Matthew coincides with the grape harvest.
Visiting Spain in November – December
Spain becomes cool again as winter approaches, but there is still plenty to enjoy. In November, jazz festivals are held in many major cities while in December, Spain’s streets are decorated for Christmas.
Spain Climate Guide
Destination
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Barcelona
55°F
2″
57°F
1″
59°F
2″
63°F
2″
68°F
2″
75°F
1″
81°F
1″
81°F
2″
77°F
3″
70°F
3″
63°F
2″
57°F
2″
Bilbao
52°F
5″
55°F
4″
57°F
4″
61°F
5″
66°F
4″
72°F
2″
77°F
2″
75°F
3″
75°F
3″
68°F
4″
59°F
6″
54°F
5″
Costa del Sol
59°F
3″
61°F
3″
64°F
2″
66°F
2″
73°F
1″
81°F
1″
86°F
0″
86°F
0″
81°F
1″
72°F
2″
64°F
4″
59°F
4″
Madrid
50°F
2″
54°F
2″
59°F
1″
64°F
2″
72°F
2″
82°F
1″
90°F
0″
90°F
0″
81°F
1″
70°F
2″
57°F
2″
50°F
2″
San Sebastián
52°F
5″
54°F
4″
57°F
4″
59°F
5″
64°F
4″
70°F
3″
75°F
2″
75°F
4″
73°F
4″
66°F
5″
57°F
6″
54°F
5″
Seville
61°F
3″
63°F
3″
68°F
2″
72°F
2″
81°F
1″
88°F
1″
95°F
0″
95°F
0″
90°F
1″
79°F
2″
68°F
4″
61°F
4″
Watch our video
Trip ideas and travel guides for exploring Spain
Request our brochure
Covering all seven continents, The world your way shows you how you can see the world with us. It features trip ideas from our specialists alongside hand-picked stays and experiences, and introduces our approach to creating meaningful travel experiences.
Request a brochure
Weather in Spain by months Spain weather forecast for today and now. Water temperature in Spain, Air temperature in Spain.
Weather in Spain in January
The weather in Spain in January is the coldest of the year. The exception is the Canary Islands, where even now you can sunbathe and swim, because the air temperature does not drop below +22 ° C, and the water temperature is below +19°C.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 2899 views
Weather in Spain in February
The weather in Spain in February is rather unpredictable. If today the thermometer can jump to +18 ° C, then tomorrow it can snow! Therefore, you need to be prepared for any vagaries of nature.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 2140 views
Weather in Spain in March
The weather in Spain in March is gradually improving. There are more sunny days, the winds gradually subside, and clear and sunny weather sets in. It is still too early for a beach holiday, but it is in March that the flow of tourists to the country begins to increase.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 4834 views
Weather in Spain in April
The weather in Spain in April allows us to consider the summer season open. The air temperature makes it possible to switch to short-sleeved T-shirts and summer dresses. The average air temperature in the country is +20 °С during the daytime, in the evening the weather remains cool +16 °С.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 5408 views
Weather in Spain in May
The weather in Spain in May is quite reminiscent of summer. The air temperature in the south of the country reaches +27°C during the day and +20°C at night. That is why the number of tourists sharply increases in May, especially from the CIS countries, where a series of holidays begins in early May.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 10211 views
Weather in Spain in June
The weather in Spain in June is characterized by warm sea and air. Now we can say with confidence that the beach season in Spain is open. Every day more and more tourists come to the country, who are not afraid of the fact that the cost of vouchers is growing by leaps and bounds.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 4328 views
Weather in Spain in July
The weather in Spain in July is quite warm and dry. There is almost no rain during this time. The exception is the northwestern part of the country and the coast of the Atlantic Ocean.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 3023 views
Weather in Spain in August
The weather in Spain in August in the Canary Islands is considered the hottest and driest of the year. The air temperature can reach +27 °C – +30 °C, and drop to + 22 °C in the evening.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 1716 views
Weather in Spain in September
The weather in Spain in September is ideal for a relaxing beach holiday. The air temperature begins to gradually decrease and in the second half of the month it is around +27°C during the day and +21°C in the evening.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 3383 views
Weather in Spain in October
The weather in Spain in October still allows you to enjoy a beach holiday, but it can hardly be called a full-fledged one. The southern part of Spain is more suitable for relaxing on the sea coast, where the air temperature is about +25 ° C during the day, and in the evening it drops sharply to +15 ° C.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 3435 views
Weather in Spain in November
The weather in Spain in November becomes quite cold. The exception is Andalusia, which is still quite warm. In other parts of the country, the temperature drops sharply, especially in the central part of Spain.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 4382 views
Weather in Spain in December
The weather in Spain in December is not happy with sunny days and dry weather. Only the Canary Islands have the most comfortable conditions, where the air temperature during the day remains at around +20°C- +22°C, and in the evenings does not fall below +17°C.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 3974 views
Weather in Spain in winter
The weather in Spain in winter allows you to receive tourists even on a beach holiday. There are good conditions for this in the Canary Islands, where during the winter months the air temperature during the day is +20°C – +22°C, the water temperature is +19°C- +20°C.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 3033 views
The climate of Spain by months
The climate of Spain by months is quite different in different parts of the country. The north fully justifies its name – here is the coldest part of Spain. This includes Galicia, Asturias, Cantabria and the Basque Country.
Read more
| 0 comments
| 3279 views
Fresh articles on the site
Sanatoriums of Anapa
You can book rooms in boarding houses and sanatoriums of Anapa with treatment on the official website, where. ..
Where to go on tour in summer 2019
Portal “Travel Councils” has compiled a selection of popular countries where you can go in a package…
Top 10 Early Booking Bus Destinations in Spring 2019
Portal “Tour Council” has compiled 10 bus routes, popular for the early…
Sanatoriums Sochi
Information, reviews, photos and booking of rooms in boarding houses and sanatoriums in Sochi with treatment for…
Where to go on a tour for the May holidays 2019
Portal “Travel Council” has compiled a selection of popular package tours, resorts and hotels,…
10 BlaBlaCar destinations for Spring 2019
Portal “Tour Council” has compiled a rating of 10 popular destinations where you can go to…
Pages: 1 2 3 4 Next Last according to the climatic zone. Thus, in the north of the country the weather may be similar to the Russian south, and in the south of Spain the temperature will be “African”. Arriving in the country of bullfighting on vacation, you can see a snowy winter, and after a few hours on the bus you can already relax on the beaches washed by the warm waters of the Strait of Gibraltar.
Climatic zone of Spain, climate
Spain crosses 2 climatic zones at once: subtropical in the center in the southeast and temperate in the north. This means that the closer to the south, the drier, warmer the climate, with mild winters and hot summers. The north of the country is covered with mountain ranges, where the temperature is a priori lower than in the whole country, and the average annual precipitation is higher.
In the center of Spain, the Mediterranean climate prevails – this is a subtropical subtype characterized by increased dryness.
The hot air from the African deserts, combined with the sea, affects much of Spain, drying up the southern coast to such an extent that crops sometimes have to be artificially irrigated. The temperature in summer in those parts can reach a maximum of + 30-40 °, taking into account the fact that rains on the southeast coast are rare in summer.
Winter in the central and southern part of Spain is warm, it rarely snows. Most of the snow falls in the north. In Spain, ski resorts operate in winter, but still this is an insignificant part of the country. Most of Spain is considered the warmest country in Europe.
Monthly weather table in Spain
Monthly weather in Spain does not differ too much. The country does not occupy such a large area to cross several climatic zones, so the temperature in different parts of the country may differ from each other by 1-2 degrees.
The table shows the average data on temperature fluctuations, the beginning of winter and the level of precipitation:
Month0015
Water temperature
precipitation
January
+15 °
+14 °
27 mm 9000 9000
February 9000
+18 ° ° C 9000 +14000 +18 ° ° ° C 9000 +14000 +18 ° ° ° ’9000 +14000 +18 ° ° ° C
March
+20 °
+14 °
75 mm
April
+23 °
+15 °
45 mm
9000 +17°
35 мм
Июнь
+28°
+20°
25 мм
Июль
+30°
+24°
30 мм
Август
+ 29 °
+25 °
20 mm
September
+28 °
+26 °
25 mm
9000
October
+25 ° 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 +21 ° ° C 9000 +21 ° ° C 9000 +21 ol
November
+19 °
+13 °
85 mm
December
+16 °
+13 °
5 mm
Air temperature for months
January
in the Spanish any country in the eastern hemisphere of the Earth, the coldest month. The air temperature can fluctuate depending on the sunny and rainy day, but never falls below +4° and then rarely, mostly on the thermometer in January +7-12°. The Spanish winter is similar to the Crimean one, here the climate is mild even in the coldest month of the year.
Weather in Spain by months in the table.
In February, the temperature begins to rise by a couple of degrees, hinting that spring is just around the corner. Precipitation is becoming less and less air-cooling humidity. The days are getting longer and the sun has time to heat the streets up to +15-20°C.
March is already a rather warm month, but due to the beginning of spring rains, it is too early to swim in the sea and the temperature does not rise above +22°, remaining on average +20°. April and May days in the southern country mark the beginning of summer. The air temperature is stable at around + 20-27 °. Already at this time the holiday season begins and you can safely swim in the sea.
A full-fledged summer begins already at the end of May, in June, July and August the temperature on the thermometer steadily shows +25-35°. Hot air from the sea heats up the streets of the city even more, rainfall is minimal in summer. In September, summer is still in full swing. The temperature keeps from +25° to +30°.
The holiday season continues and only at the beginning of October the temperature gradually begins to fall by 2-3 degrees. However, autumn in Spain is not the same as in Russia, warm days here last until mid-November, when the air temperature on the thermometer shows + 17-21 °. Nights in November can be quite cold, around +14°, which means that winter is coming.
From mid-November until the end of December, the temperature drops sharply. On the street in the shade, the level of the mercury column does not rise to +18 ° in December. Most often, the days at the beginning of winter are dry and cold. December is the least rainy month of the year.
Water temperature by months
The weather in Spain by months on the seas may differ slightly due to the geographical location of water bodies. In the Bay of Biscay, the water will be colder than in the south, in the Mediterranean Sea. From January to March, the water temperature is stable and does not drop below +12-16°C. It all depends on the direction of the wind.
If a westerly wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, the temperature will drop to an average of +13°. At the end of March and until the end of April it rains, but despite this, the water begins to heat up. The sun shines more hours a day than in winter, and the water in the seas becomes warmer by 1-2°, but not higher than +17°.
In May the rains stop and the water gets hotter every day. The holiday season begins and it is already possible to swim in the sea.
The water temperature is +20°, but this is not the limit. The temperature continues to rise deep into the seas and on the surface of the water you can swim like in fresh milk at a temperature of + 25-30 ° on the hottest day. Despite the fact that the air temperature begins to drop in August, the water continues to heat up until the end of September.
And only at the beginning of October the water begins to cool down. The temperature of the air and water begins to drop sharply due to the beginning of the rainy season. Water in the seas and straits + 19-22 °. From October to November, the water temperature drops immediately by 10 °. It is already cold to swim in the reservoirs, the temperature does not exceed + 11-14 ° until March.
The average annual rainfall in Spain
In Spain, the change in weather conditions from month to month depends on the location. The higher the mountains, the more precipitation, the closer to the south, the drier the climate. The rainiest months are April-May and September-October. In general, in the central part of the country, precipitation does not exceed 500 mm per year.
If we move to the southeast, towards the Mediterranean, the precipitation will be even less – 200 mm per year. Closer to the northern regions, where there are more mountain ranges, starting from the Leone Mountains and further north, the climate begins to change from Mediterranean to subtropical. The amount of precipitation can vary from 900 mm to 3000 mm per year.
When winter begins, summer in Spain
The arrival of winter in Spain is marked by a sharp drop in temperature at the beginning of November. However, winter in Spain is rather conditional, since in the coldest month, January, the temperature does not fall below +10°. There are practically no frosts in the country of flamenco, snow rarely covers the streets of central and southern cities. Already in early March, the temperature rises sharply, and a full-fledged summer begins in a couple of months.
If we talk about the north of the country, where the mountain ranges lie down, then the winter here is more complete. It starts at the beginning of November or at the end of October. In these months there is no frost yet, but the temperature is already autumn, you can’t swim in the sea, and the first frost can begin in early December.
Usually in the north of the country the temperature in winter is from 0° to -8°, which allows the snow cap in the ski resorts to stay stable. Summer in the north begins in early June. But in some places, for example, in the Sierra Nevada, even in May there may still be snow.
Tourist season in Spain
The weather in Spain determines the type of tourist trip by months. Guests from all over the world come to Spain all year round, the only difference is that in different seasons tourists can enjoy different entertainment. If you go to Spain in winter, then you will not find better entertainment than skiing. At this time of the year, the northern part of the country is filled with lovers of active snow recreation.
In spring, the season of holidays and festivals begins in Spain. The streets are filled with fairs, dancing, and the nights in Madrid, at this time of the year, are the most romantic in Europe. Temperatures in spring across the country are already moderate enough for evening walks. The summer tourist season is the time for relaxing on the seas and islands.
Tourists flock to the Canaries and the Balearic Islands in the Atlantic Ocean and to the southeastern shores of the Mediterranean. In summer, most tourists prefer to relax on the beaches, this excitement lasts until mid-September, until the sea starts to cool down.
Autumn in Spain is the best time for excursions. At this time, the bulk of tourists who love to sunbathe on the seas go home and it becomes easier to breathe on the streets. Housing prices and excursions are falling and you can safely walk around the city until nightfall. The air temperature in autumn is mild enough for outdoor walks until the very end of October.
The average number of hours of sunshine per day
Spain is considered to be a fairly sunny country, where there are no cloudy and short days, by Russian standards, even in winter. So, for example, in January, the daylight hours last 9-10 hours. Sunrise starts at 8 am, sunset at 6 pm. However, it is light outside until 8 pm, given civil twilight, when the sun is no longer visible in the sky, but the horizon is still visible.
In the middle of spring, the hours of sunshine increase to 14 hours a day. The sun shines from 7 am to 9 pm, absolute darkness comes in the spring only at 11 pm. June 20, 2019 in Spain will be the longest daylight hours, it will last 15 hours 10 minutes and 21 seconds. After that, the day will begin to decrease, in July-August the day lasts 13-14 hours.
December 21, 2019 is the shortest day of the year. The sun will be visible in the sky for exactly 9 hours, 11 minutes and 1 second. Dawn in December starts at 8 am and sunset at half past 6 pm. In fact, it’s light outside until 7 pm.
Weather in cities and resorts by months
Weather in Spain by months in different regions of the country does not differ much in temperature. The only significant difference is the amount of rainfall. In the north of the country it can rain for half a month, while in the south there can be absolute drought for 3 months.
Costa Brava
The coast, located in the province of Giron in the northeast of Spain, belongs to the northern part of the country, which means it falls under a temperate climate. The hot summer comes in June and lasts until September, inclusive. The air temperature during these months rises to + 20-25 ° during the day, + 18-19 ° at night. The water in the Mediterranean Sea on the coast has + 19-21 °.
Winter on the Costa Brava is warm, the temperature never drops below +7-12°C.
In March it is still cool at night up to +9°, but during the day it is + 15 °. March is the rainiest spring month, with up to 58 mm of rainfall. The first cold weather begins in early November, the temperature on the thermometer is + 12-16 °, and the rainy season takes place in October-November. On the coast, the wettest months of the year are called the rainy season, but this is no more than 5-7 days in the rainiest month.
Costa Dorada
Costa Dorada is located just south of the Costa Brava, on the same coast. January and February are the coldest months of the year, the temperature during the day stays up to +12-14°, at night – +6-8°. Spring comes in April, bringing warm days at +18-20° and nights +11-12°, and with them abundant spring rains 3-4 days a month, which is a lot for these places.
In June the hot summer begins in Dorado +20-25° during the day, the hottest month in the resort is August. This month, the temperature reaches +30 during the day, for the north of the country, this is the maximum. In August, the warmest sea is also + 26 ° in the water. You can swim in the sea until October, it still keeps the body up to + 22 °, despite the fact that it is already + 16-20 ° outside.
Costa del Maresme
The coast near Barcelona is also washed by the Mediterranean Sea in the northeast of the country. Cold winter nights begin in December and last until the end of March, when the temperature does not rise to more than + 7-9°. During the day in winter + 12-15 °, there is almost no precipitation, only a couple of times a month it will rain.
The dry climate of the north of Spain is diluted with rain only in March-April in spring and in September-November in autumn, these days it can rain for 4-5 days, on average once a week. Summer starts in May, +20° outside, sunny and dry days.
The sea heats up to +20° only in June, reaching its peak by August – +25°. The hottest days are in July-August, the temperature in the shade reaches +30°C and it can only rain once a month. It starts to get cold in November, the thermometer shows +17 and in December it is no more than +12 °.
Costa del Garraf
On the shores of the Mediterranean, which includes the Costa del Garraf, near Barcelona, the summer season begins in mid-May, when the air warms up to +21° in the shade. The sea is not yet so warm, in the mornings it is only +19°, it reaches its peak of heating in early September, when for the entire summer season it heats up to +26° even at night.
Rainy and cloudy weather begins in mid-autumn, closer to October and lasts until early December. The air in December-February cools down to +14° during the day and up to +7-9° at night. The sea season is closed at this time, the water cools down to +8°.
Costa Blanca
The resort is located in the central belt of Spain, close to cities such as Alicante and Benidorm. The climate here is drier and hotter than in previous resorts. Summer begins earlier, in May, when the average temperature reaches +22°C, and winter sets in when the air cools down to +15°C at the end of November. There are no cold winters here, the minimum temperature here in January is +11-13° even at night.
The summer heat in these parts reaches +30° in August, at the same time the sea heats up to +27°. July and August are the driest months of the year, the maximum precipitation at this time falls from 5 to 11 mm, this is only 1 day per month and even then rarely. It rarely rains on the Costa Blanca, with an average of 15 days throughout the year.
Costa Calida
The Mediterranean coast, located near the Canary Islands, is characterized by a hot and dry climate. Warm weather is here all year round. From December to February, the weather is sunny and mild, the air temperature does not fall below +12°, there is practically no snow in these parts, and if there is, then it is considered an anomaly.
Spring comes early, already in March the temperature rises to +20° and continues to rise sharply to +25° already in April. By June, the sea heats up to +22°, the beach season begins in full, which lasts until the end of September. Until the end of October, the weather is summer by Russian standards, not colder than + 15 °.
Costa del Sol
In the southern region of Spain, located almost in the north of Africa, 15 km along the waters of the Strait of Gibraltar, it is always summer. January is the coldest month here, the minimum temperature drops to +9 at night°. Spring is early, already in April it is + 20 °, and the sea does not cool all year round to more than + 15 °, this minimum is noted in March, when the rains begin.
Precipitation is rare here, from June to September they are practically absent.
The maximum temperature in August reaches +32°, the sea on the coast heats up to +24°. Winter sets in in November, when the air cools sharply to +11° at night and +17° during the day, and this temperature persists until mid-March.
Costa de la Luz
The coast is located in the southernmost part of Spain. Its shores are washed by the Strait of Gibraltar and the Atlantic Ocean. Hot summer is here all year round, and only closer to winter the wind from the ocean cools the coast to +18°. They bathe in the sea in any month, since it does not cool down even in January to less than + 15 °.
The dry climate is diluted by the rainy season in March, when precipitation falls 4-5 days a month, at which time the sea and land cool to +18°. In April, the temperature stabilizes again and begins to increase sharply to +22°, rising by 2-3° every month, reaching its peak in August – +32°. Autumn on the coast is conditional, it can rain 3 days a month, and the air temperature even in November is +20°.
Galicia
The northernmost point in Spain, Galicia, is located in a temperate climate. The winter here is relatively cold, in January the temperature can drop to +8° during the day, and drop to 0° at night. Rain and even showers are possible. In March, the temperature gradually rises to +14°, and in June already to +21°. Water heats up only by summer up to +22°.
The hot summer passes quickly and already in September the water cools down to +19°, while the air still retains heat up to +22°. At the end of October, the first cool days begin, especially in the mornings the thermometer shows only + 16 °, falling every month closer to winter by 2 °.
Costa Verde
The northern coast of Spain, washed by the Bay of Biscay, is in a temperate climate, which means cold winters for a southern country and cool summers. Precipitation in these parts falls frequently, up to 2000 mm per year, starting in September and ending in May. Winter is the rainiest of the year, for half a month the streets do not dry out from showers, while the air temperature drops to + 10 ° during the day and up to + 5 ° at night.
Frost is also not uncommon here, in winter the air can cool down to -8°. Summer comes in June, the temperature is +20° and lasts until the end of September without falling below +22°. But the sea in September is already cool, only + 18 °, due to the rains that begin this month. It can rain twice a week.
Cantabria
The northern coast of the Bay of Biscay is one of the coldest regions of the country. In January and February the weather is humid, it can rain up to 12 days a month, the air temperature does not rise above +16-18°. By April, warming sets in, the air heats up to + 18-20 °, but the water is still cold, only + 15 °. The swimming season on the Atlantic coast opens at the end of May and lasts until the beginning of September.
Summers in Cantabria are warm and humid. The maximum temperature in August, the hottest month of the year, reaches +22-25°Hg. In September it is still warm, but the humidity in the air increases and it starts to rain. The temperature drops to +18° and by mid-November the winter season opens.
Weather forecast in Spain for 2019
When going to Spain for the holidays, you should take into account that in the northern regions you will need to take a warm sweater and jacket with you, and in the south choose the most beautiful swimsuit. The table shows the weather forecast for 2019 in the central regions. To the north it is necessary to reduce the temperature by 2-3°, and to the south by 2-3° increase.
Month
Day air temperature
Air temperature at night
Water temperature
January
+13 °
+7 °
+14 °
9000
February 9000
+12 ° 9000 9027 +7 ° C 9000 9000
°
March
+15 °
+8 °
+16 °
April
+19 °
+10 °
+15 ° 9000
927 °
+14°
+17 °
June
+26 °
+18 °
+21 °
July
+29 °
+21 °
+23 ° 9000
+29 °
+22 °
+25 °
September
+27 °
+20 °
+25 °
9000 9000
October 9000 9027 +23 ° 9000 9000
+23°
November
+19°
+12 °
+21 °
December
+16 °
+10 °
+18 °
Spanish cities are stable for the average indicators over the past 3 years. Minor deviations by months do not affect the annual influx of tourists who want to relax in 2 climatic zones at once, skiing on Monday, and already basking on the seashore under the bright sun on Wednesday.
Article design: Oleg Lozinsky
Weather video in Spain
Weather and temperature in Spain by months:
Weather in Barcelona by months. The climate of Spain, features.
Barcelona is a city in Spain located in the Mediterranean climate zone. Every year, hundreds of tourists come here for the cultural characteristics of the region, beach holidays and local attractions. But the choice of the type of holiday depends on what the weather is like in Barcelona, in summer it is warm or hot, and in winter, as a rule, it rains.
Content
Climate in Barcelona
weather in Barcelona in January
weather in February
weather in March
Weather in Barcelona in Barcelona
Weather in August
Weather in September
Weather in Barcelona in October
Weather in November
Weather in December
Barcelona is a large urban city in northeastern Spain with a mediterranean climate. It is located on the coast of the Balearic Sea 120 km (74.5 miles) south of the French border. The average annual temperature is 18°C and almost never drops below zero. In fact, -1°C is the lowest temperature ever recorded in Barcelona. Rainfall in the Catalan capital is moderate with July being the driest month of the year and October the rainiest.
Summer in Barcelona starts in May and ends in September. July and August are the hottest months of the season, during the day the temperature can reach 38 °C, and in the evening it drops to 18-19 °C.
Autumn in Barcelona is warm and cloudy. In the first two months of the season, there is a lot of rainfall, but in November the rains are on the decline. Temperatures drop from 26°C in December to 8°C in November. And although the water in the sea warms up to 20 ° C, swimming is only allowed until the end of October due to frequent storms.
Winter in Barcelona lasts from December to February and is the shortest and coldest season of the year. The temperature during the day is stable within 13-15 °C, and at night it drops to 5 °C.
Weather in Barcelona in January
January is characterized by high humidity – 63%. January is not the best month for beach lovers, as sea temperatures average 14°C and strong winds blow along the coast.
Weather in February
Winter is coming to an end in February, but the thermometer is still stable at 6°C-14°C on warmer days.
Weather in March
The sea temperature in March rises slightly to 15°C signaling the approach of the warm season. The amount of rainfall this month falls. On average, there are four rainy days in March, which leads to a drop in the average humidity level to 58%. During the day, the air warms up to + 16C, but it is still cool in early spring.
Weather in Barcelona in April
It is in this month that the weather in Barcelona pleases the most and many tourists come to the capital of Catalonia. The air temperature ranges from 16C°-18°C. The average humidity in April rises to 61%, as does the sea temperature, the water in April warms up to 15°C. Wind speeds drop to 16.6 km/h (10.3 mph), which reduces the risk of strong winds on the coast and associated flooding.
Weather in May
This is the first month of summer, characterized by an average humidity of 62%. The sea is getting warmer, the water temperature rises to 18°C, so in May you can see a lot of people on the beaches. On average, daytime temperatures fluctuate between 14°C-22°C. Most nights are moderately cool, with temperatures dropping to 9°C during this time, with the chance of rain increasing to five days on average per month.
Weather in June
June is the driest month in Barcelona for the whole year. Humidity in June averages 59%. The water in the sea warms up to 21 ° C, which is why crowds of people flock to the beaches to enjoy the warm sea, as well as soak up the beach. The temperature throughout the month is stable at 18°C-26°C.
Weather in Barcelona in July
This is the peak of summer and one of the hottest months with temperatures between 21°C and 28°C. Nights and early mornings in July are cool, with an average humidity of 57%. It rains on average only two days. The sea warms up to 24°C and the sun shines 8 hours a day, so it is advisable to carry an umbrella with you in case it gets too hot.
Weather in August
In August, the sea temperature rises to 26°C. Consequently, during this hottest month of the year, with temperatures between 21°C and 29°C, the beaches are the most crowded. In August, the sun shines pleasantly for 9 hours a day, but the amount of precipitation increases. The average air humidity is 61%.
Weather in September
Summer ends this month and air humidity rises to 65%. The temperature drops to 18°C on the coldest days and rises to 26°C on the warmest days. The onset of autumn is accompanied by abundant precipitation, the number of rainy days in September is five. Daylight is reduced by 1 hour, but you can still swim in the sea, as the average water temperature is 24°C.
Weather in Barcelona in October
This month is characterized by a further drop in temperature and humidity to 61%. This weather is still suitable for all kinds of outdoor activities, but at night the temperature drops to 10°C.
Weather in November
In November, the amount of precipitation drops sharply to 4 rainy days. The sun shines only 5 hours a day, and the sea temperature drops to 18°C. The air humidity this month is the lowest for the whole year, averaging 52%. The air temperature at night is 9°C and 18°C during the day.
Weather in December
The weather in Barcelona with the arrival of the first month of winter is characterized by a further drop in temperature in the range of 5°C to 14°C, making it moderately cold, but tolerable, given that snow rarely falls. The sea temperature drops to 16°C and it rains on average 5 days a week making December a relatively dry month with a relative humidity of 56%.
Spain – weather by months for 2022: forecast
Millions of new tourists visit Spain every year. This country is mainly with a warm temperate climate, but there are rare exceptions in geographical area. Therefore, it is important for tourists to know what and where the weather is in order to plan their trip.
Information for tourists on the weather in Spain by months in 2022
January – in Spain, has a temperate climate. Temperatures vary in different parts of the country. In the central part, the average temperature is 5-7 degrees. In the north of the country, the average temperature is 8-14 degrees, and in the highlands, although snow is rare, it sometimes spoils local residents. The East is not much warmer – 12-15 degrees, but the water temperature is on average 14 degrees.
February – in some places rainy in Spain, especially in the north of the country, and in some places it may snow. On average, the air temperature can warm up to 14-15 degrees Celsius, and in the central part the temperature is also already warming up to 15 degrees. But it’s still too early to swim, as the water is still 14 degrees on average.
The weather in March – like in most countries, is characterized by blooming flowers, aromas and romance. The temperature warms up in the north on average 5 degrees, and in the center and in the south about 20 degrees. But the north also differs in the amount of precipitation. In March in the north, the main rainy season. The water temperature warms up to 15 degrees.
Would you like to visit Spain? Learn how to apply for a visa to Spain yourself – a detailed step-by-step guide.
In what month is it best to go on vacation to the Canary Islands (Tenerife or Gran Canaria) and how to properly organize your vacation – you can here.
In April – as in March, it still rains in the north, but the saturation of precipitation decreases. The average temperature in the north is 15 degrees. In the south, the air temperature warms up to 20 degrees, and at night about 10, but it’s too early to swim, because the water has not yet warmed up at all.
May – this is the beginning of the reception of guests – tourists. Although it is about 20 degrees in the north of the country, in the center and in the south the temperature rises to 25 degrees, and the water temperature is about 20 degrees.
June – pleases tourists with sunny days. The temperature throughout the country reaches 30 degrees, and the water temperature is about 20 degrees.
In July Spain pleases those who love the hot climate. This is a dry month. The air temperature reaches 32 degrees and the water temperature 25.
August is an even drier month than July. The air temperature is from 30 degrees, and the water temperature reaches 27 degrees. It’s time to bask in the warm sand and warm up from our harsh winters.
In September , the air temperature gradually drops to 28 degrees, so in addition to the sea, a huge choice of entertainment and visits to local cultural institutions opens up.
In October – the weather is still ideal for tourists. The air temperature is 20-23 degrees. The average water temperature is 21 degrees.
In November it starts to rain. The air temperature is approximately 17-19 degrees. The swimming season is coming to an end, but it’s time to explore the cultural attractions of this charming country.
In December – the weather differs depending on the regions: south – 17 degrees, north – 13.
Winter in Spain +23, December 15, 2012, Alicante, Alicante
The best time to visit the country
If you look at the weather in Spain by month, you will realize that this is a country that can satisfy any needs of tourists.
Two romantic months of March and November, each charming in its own way. You can swim in the waters of the ocean almost all year round, for example, in the Canary Islands. May will give you low prices, but all the same high class of comfort. And the month of June is the peak of the tourist season, as there is a good combination of air and water temperatures, as well as minimal natural precipitation.
Everything you want to know about sensual, strong, passionate and passionate Spanish girls is written in the article available at this address – https://pro-spain.net/strana/lyudi/ispanki.html
If you have not yet seen the sights of Valencia, correct this error immediately.
Everyone will be able to choose for themselves the time that most of all can please the heart. Whichever month you choose, you will get a lot of fun and unforgettable impressions, and in 2022 you will take away the desire to return to the pleasant shores of Spain.
Travel insurance for Spain Take out travel insurance without leaving your home! cherehapa.ru The insurance policy will come to your mail. It remains only to print.
Issue in 7 minutes →
Pay attention to these excursions
Did you find the article helpful? Join our groups in social networks: VKontakte, Odnoklassniki.
⇐ Thank you if you like us – the buttons on the left. 🙂
Weather in Spain
Weather in Spain. Climate in Spain
Climate in Spain
Spain is a country of contrasts not only in everyday life, but also in the weather. The climate here is formed from 3 climatic zones: 1. The Atlantic Ocean is the west and north of Spain, this is the coolest and rainiest part of the country Summer is warm, the swimming season is very short from June to August Winter is mild and humid 2. The Mediterranean Sea is east and a little south. Here there is a constant heat and very low humidity in summer, winter passes quickly and flows very gently. Season for recreation from June to September 3. Central part – a sharply continental climate prevails here; it is very cold here in winter and hot in summer. Holiday season from May to October. While you can always find a way out to spend your holiday in the Canary Islands, where the ocean temperature does not drop below 17 degrees Celsius, there is no extreme heat and excessive coolness.
Schedule of average monthly temperatures in Spain by region
February in Spain – no different from January, only the Canary Islands are suitable for swimming and relaxing.
March in Spain – the air begins to warm up, the water temperature in the Mediterranean Sea warms up to 15 degrees.
April in Spain is already a real spring, the air temperature similar to summer is about 22 degrees on average. At this time, the beach season opens in Spain, although people do not swim, they are already slowly beginning to equip their beach places.
May in Spain is the opening of the beach swimming season and, accordingly, the beginning of the tourist boom, people go to spend money.
June, July, August in Spain months are quite hot, the main heat is of course in July, in August the temperature becomes milder. It’s time for tourists and beach holidays.
September in Spain is also a velvet season, the temperature becomes mild, you can and should still swim, especially on the east coast.
October in Spain – swimming is only possible in the Mediterranean, temperatures begin to drop throughout the country. But for those who love both silence and tranquility, it’s time to go to rest, you can even swim in the east of the country.
November in Spain – rains and cold winds begin. What can I say, the real autumn begins
December in Spain is the time of the Christmas Tale, everyone is getting ready to celebrate Christmas, the ski season opens. This time is also great in Spain, so the flow of winter tourists is also increasing.
Climate and weather of Spain by months
Spain is beautiful at any time of the year. It captivates with its originality, culture and history. Even the most ardent supporters of a beach holiday will not be able to resist visiting Spanish attractions.
Description of the weather in Spain for each month: January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December. Current weather in cities and regions in Spain: weather in Spain now
Climatic zones of Spain
Spain, together with the Balearic and Canary Islands, is located in four climatic zones:
Temperate maritime climate zone. North and northwest of Spain. The weather in this part of the country is determined by the Atlantic Ocean. Winters in the Basque Country, Asturias, Galicia and Cantabria are warm and humid, while summers are not hot at all. Despite the large coastline, the Atlantic coast of Spain is not popular with tourists.
Moderate continental climate zone. Central regions of the country. Winters are cold by European standards, while the summer months are very hot. The climate is dry, precipitation is minimal at any time of the year.
Subtropical Mediterranean climate zone. Covers most of the country’s territory. It includes the eastern regions of Spain and the Balearic Islands (Majorca, Menorca, Ibiza, Formentera). Thus, the Mediterranean climate is typical for almost all resorts of the Iberian Peninsula. Winters in these regions are mild and wet, while summers become hot and dry.
Tropical climate zone. The Canary Islands are usually referred to as the African continent, because they are only 300 km from its coast. It is never too cold or too hot in the Canary Islands. This is the realm of eternal spring. The sea water temperature does not fall below +20 °C all year round. There are never sub-zero temperatures and the rainy season.
Weather in Spain
Spain’s climate is one of the most stable and stable in Europe. The difference between summer and winter temperatures is very small. Winter is from December to February, summer, respectively, lasts from June to August. Beach holidays are most attractive in August, when sea water warms up to maximum temperatures.
Snow is rare in Spain and in most regions is equivalent to a national disaster. Coastal areas are humid and windy in winter, making it seem like it’s much cooler outside than it really is. Rain and winds are common during the autumn and spring months.
Important! Many travelers, choosing a tour to Spain, are guided by the principle that the further south, the warmer the sea will be. For Spain, this principle does not work! In terms of sea water temperature, the warmest resorts during the summer months are Costa Blanca and Murcia . The second place is occupied by the beaches of the Costa Dorada and the Balearic Islands. The Costa del Sol, despite its favorable geographical position, cannot always please travelers with a warm sea due to the influence of the Atlantic. In the Canary Islands, the water temperature at the height of the summer season rises to a maximum of 24, which is much lower than the Mediterranean figures. But in spring, winter and autumn, the water in the Canaries will be warmer than in the Iberian Peninsula. Such are the features of sea currents.
Tourist seasons in Spain
The beach holiday season in the resorts of the Iberian Peninsula and the Balearic Islands begins in May – June and ends in September. There are not many tourists on the coast during these months. For those who want to save on vacation, the beginning and end of the season is the best time to travel to the seaside resorts of Spain.
If you like to swim exclusively in warm sea water, then go to Spain in July or August. True, you will have to put up with all the disadvantages of the peak tourist season: high prices, congested hotels, beaches and major tourist attractions.
With the end of the beach season, tourists do not lose their interest in Spain. In autumn, winter and early spring, they are concentrated in areas of major cultural and historical attractions, ski resorts and festivals. Buying a package tour during this period will be much more difficult than during the high season.
As for the Canary Islands, it is almost impossible to determine the beginning and end of the season here. Tourists come here all year round for the sea and the sun. The warmest period starts in May and ends in November.
What clothes to bring
It’s hot in Spain in the summer. Please bring hats, sunglasses and clothing made from natural fabrics. In May and September, you may need a light blouse. If you are going to visit Catholic monasteries or churches, for example, the famous Montserrat complex in Catalonia, you should take closed clothes with you. Although there is no strict dress code in the Catholic Church, shorts and short skirts are not suitable for visiting temples.
Autumn and spring throughout Spain are warm by Russian standards. A light jacket or raincoat will be enough for you. However, early March and late November can be chilly. Study the weather forecast carefully.
Winters in Spain are again warm. Feel free to wear a coat or autumn jacket. You definitely won’t need fur-lined shoes, unless you’re going to the mountains. Ski resorts experience sub-zero temperatures in winter, so take winter clothes and shoes.
Important! Going to Spain, many tourists take the bare minimum of necessary things and carry practically empty suitcases on the plane. All for the sake of pampering yourself with quality, designer and often inexpensive clothing. In Spain, there is a special atmosphere that causes an irresistible desire to create and create. On the streets of ancient cities, you can find shops of both world-famous couturiers and budding Spanish designers. So take your time to fill your suitcase with outfits. Suddenly you decide to buy something for yourself in the boutiques of Madrid or Barcelona.
Monthly weather in Spain
May
The official opening of the beach season in Spain falls on May, despite the fact that the sea water temperature is not yet very high. If sightseeing isn’t a priority for you, head to Tenerife. It is in May that the water here is warmer than on the mainland of Spain. On the Iberian Peninsula this month it is better to relax on the beaches of the Costa Blanca and Murcia (Costa Calida and Mar Menor). The party season in Ibiza also opens in May.
June
The air temperature in early summer is not as high as in the high season (+25, +26 °C). Therefore, tourists have the opportunity to combine a beach holiday with a cultural program. In June, the season begins in the fashionable resort of Costa del Sol in Andalusia and in the resort of Costa Brava (northern Catalonia). On the coast of Valencia and the south of Catalonia, the water temperature reaches comfortable values.
July and August
Lovers of the warm sea should go to Spain in the high season. In July and August, most resorts are hot and dry. It will be a little cooler in the Canaries. Costa Blanca, Murcia, Costa Dorada and the beaches of the Balearic Islands delight their guests with a truly warm sea. Spain’s most original and unusual festivals take place during these summer months. The Tomatina festival is held at the end of August in the Valencian town of Bunyol. The main event, the tomato battle, begins on a signal from the city hall. The most extreme Spanish holiday, the bull run, has been held in the north of the country in Pamplona from July 6 to 14 for eight centuries.
September
First half of September – Velvet season on the coast of Spain. The sea keeps the summer warm. Daytime temperatures correspond to June. In the second half of the month, the weather gradually deteriorates. It starts to rain, especially in the north of the country. In September, it is comfortable to relax on the Costa Blanca, Costa Dorada, the coast of Murcia, the Balearic and Canary Islands. It’s getting chilly on the Costa Brava.
October
Swimming in Spain in October is not very comfortable. However, there are also warm days when you want to plunge into the cool sea water. It is warmest in the south of the country (up to +25 °C), cooler in the north (about +17 °C). October is one of the best months for sightseeing. Still warm and dry. In Catalonia, you can endlessly walk through the streets of Barcelona and Tarragona. And the theater-museum of Salvador Dali in Figueres will not leave indifferent even the most notorious skeptics. If you are a fan of Picasso’s work, then go to the artist’s homeland in Andalusia. It may take you several days to explore Seville and Granada. And in the capital city of Madrid, everyone can find entertainment according to their taste and budget.
November
With the advent of November, it becomes windy and rainy in most parts of the country. Most of the precipitation traditionally falls in the north. The air temperature varies on average from +15 to +20 °C. The Mediterranean coast is slightly warmer than in the central regions. Take an umbrella and go on a trip to the cities and villages of Spain. In order to have time to see all the sights and not depend on the weather, it is better to rent a car.
December
In December the winds and rains subside. The temperature drops gradually. The first snow falls in the mountains. The spirit of Christmas is in the air. Holiday fairs and festivals are held throughout Spain. In Barcelona, you can visit the New Year’s show on Mount Montjuic. Every year the organizers offer guests and residents of the capital of Catalonia a unique performance of light, water and music. Numerous Christmas markets, exhibitions, shows and concerts are held in Madrid and the cities of the country.
January and February
January and February are traditionally the coldest months in the Mediterranean. In January-February, it will be coolest in the center of the country and in the north-west (+10, +13 °C), in the south the air warms up more strongly (+16, +18 °C). February is usually windier, rainier and more unpredictable than January. In winter, snow falls in the mountains, and the ski season begins. Spain is one of the centers of ski tourism in Europe. In terms of the number of mountain peaks, it is second only to Switzerland. From time to time, international competitions in snowboarding and skiing are held here. The most famous resorts are in the Catalan Pyrenees and in the Basque country. And the southernmost European ski resort Sierra Nevada is located in the south in Andalusia. Active rest can also be combined with an excursion program.
March
March is the time of flowering. The air temperature is gradually rising. It’s still relatively chilly outside though. The average daily temperature is +19 °C. The amount of precipitation is gradually decreasing. If you want to please yourself with summer warmth, go to the Canary Islands. The air temperature there reaches +24°C, and water +20°C.
April
April in Spain is the beginning of the tourist season. The sea is still cold. But sunny and summery warm days are not uncommon. Tourists from Russia are already sunbathing on the beaches by the end of the month, and some daredevils even swim. In April, famous amusement parks throughout Europe open their doors: PortAventura in Salou, Catalonia and Terra Mitica in Benidorm, Valencia.
The climate of Spain: a description of climatic conditions – the average temperature in the country by months
which climatic zones are the most comfortable and what is the average temperature by month and region? I must say that, despite the serious changes caused by global warming, the weather in this country continues to be one of the most favorable for the human body.
The varied topography of the Iberian Peninsula and its geographic position at the confluence of subtropical air masses from Africa with cold streams from the Atlantic determines an amazing variety of weather conditions. At certain times of the year, you can enjoy swimming in the warm sea, skiing and sand surfing in the desert – all in one day! In our material, we will tell you what temperature regime can be expected depending on the season and the place chosen for visiting.
The main climatic zones on the map of Spain
It is appropriate to consider the climate of the Spanish territory by its constituent regions: each has its own weather. So, the central part, including Madrid, is known for contrasts, with rather cold winters and dry summers, the northern provinces boast sparing winter and cool summer months, and the south never freezes, but sometimes suffers from sweltering heat. To better imagine the full range of the Kingdom’s weather conditions, check out a specialized map.
In general, it is customary to distinguish five types of climatic zones.
The northwest of the Kingdom, washed by the Atlantic and the Bay of Biscay and including the lands of Asturias, Cantabria, Galicia and the Basque Country, is influenced by the oceanic climate. It is characterized by the most even temperature regime on the peninsula, with damp, mild winters and rainy, cool summers. The average temperature in January is +12-15 °C, in July – no more than +20-25 °C. It is also considered by many to be the most picturesque Spanish region, often compared to Switzerland. However, it is not in great demand among heat-loving fans of beach holidays: a record amount of rainfall and water in the region of + 22 ° C do not allow them to enjoy the beauties all year round.
If the north is called the “wet zone”, then the center of the country, which includes Castile-Leon, Aragon, Castile-La Mancha, Rioja, Navarre, Extremadura and part of Andalusia, is considered to be “dry” regions. Due to its location on the largest plateau of Castilian Meseta, at an altitude of 600 meters above sea level, there is a continental Mediterranean climate. Its distinguishing features are severe windy winters, tropical summers with periods of drought and strong temperature fluctuations, the amplitude of which during the year can reach +18-20 °C. It rains most often in spring and autumn; in the cold season, snowfalls and fogs are possible.
The Spanish Mediterranean coast, which includes Catalonia, Valencia, Murcia, Andalusia and the Balearic Islands, is also influenced by the air masses of Africa and the Mediterranean. In areas remote from the coast, especially in the mountains, conditions are harsher: dry and hot in the summer months, cool and snowy in the winter. It is possible to distinguish more arid regions (Murcia, western Andalusia, southern Valencia Community) and temperate (Catalonia, northern Valencia, western and southern Andalusia). Both zones are characterized by long and hot summers, mild short winters and average rainfall. The air rarely cools down below +10-15 °C, warming up to +25-30 °C in July-August, which, with a water temperature of 24-26 degrees, attracts millions of tourists from all over the world to local resorts.
The climate of the mountainous regions (Pyrenees, Cantabrian mountains, Galician massif, Central Cordillera, etc.) differs significantly from the plains. Its features are sharp temperature changes during the day, dependence on winds, a high probability of snow, low atmospheric pressure and high solar radiation. At the same time, in areas surrounded by higher ridges, some of the factors may be “amortized”. In general, it is considered that when climbing the mountains with every hundred meters, the thermometer drops by half a degree: at an altitude of 1000-1500 m there is a subalpine belt (average annual temperature +10 ° C), at an altitude of 1500-2500 m – alpine (+6 ° C) and above 2500 m – snowy (0С). From the end of November to the end of March, mountainous areas turn into high-class skiing centers – there are a total of 38 stations in the country.
Separately, it is necessary to highlight the subtropical dry climate prevailing in the Canary Islands. It is not for nothing that this place is called the “land of eternal spring” – thanks to the action of oceanic air masses that soften the influence of neighboring Africa, it is always pleasant here, without unbearable heat, severe cold or prolonged rains. The average temperature in summer is + 20-30 ° C, in winter days – + 15-21 ° C. Most of the year there are sunny days, precipitation is more typical for the western islands of the archipelago, while the eastern ones are characterized by an arid semi-desert type.
Weather and climate in Spain throughout the year by months – table of water and air temperatures
Weather conditions in different regions of the country vary greatly not only depending on the location, but also on the season. In general, it is believed that the Kingdom has the mildest autumn-winter season in Europe and moderately hot summers. Be that as it may, a tourist will always find something to do: from boat trips to sightseeing, you just need to stock up on suitable clothes in advance.
In contrast to some European countries, even in winter, extreme cold is rarely recorded on Spanish territory. In short, the climate in Spain is quite comfortable even in winter: what other country can boast an average temperature of + 12-15 ° C with an abundance of sunny days and no wind? Snow falls in the mountain regions and the thermometer stays at -4-6 °C – enough to spend the ski season, but ridiculous in order to really freeze by Russian standards.
December
“Cold” in Spanish officially comes on December 21, but the bright sun, which does not want to give up its positions, makes you doubt it. Despite the occasional presence of rainy and windy days, at least +10-16 °C is usually recorded in most of the peninsula. The mountains are covered with a thick snow cover and the best time for skiers is coming.
January
Spaniards consider the beginning of the year especially brainy: it gets cold up to +10 °C, the sea brings winds and rains. Many people enjoy spending Christmas and New Year in the ski resorts of the Pyrenees, the Cantabrian Range or the Central Cordillera, where, with an abundance of snow, it is not at all “frosty” – the thermometer does not fall below -7 ° C.
February
Thanks to the absolute unpredictability, the last winter month is called “loco”, i.e. “crazy”. The average daily temperature rises to +15-20°C, however, due to the active “walks” of air masses of various origins across the peninsula, a variety of natural phenomena can be expected at this time of the year, from floods and snowfalls to sharp warming. In most mountainous regions, the ski season continues, as the snow usually stays until the March thaw.
Spring
Spaniards, like us, consider the days of March to be the beginning of spring, but the countdown is not from the 1st, but from the 21st. The air warms up to +18 °C, water – up to +15 °C, which inspires the most hardened to the first swims. There is a fair amount of rainfall, especially in the northern provinces – there is a saying “En Abril lluvias mil” (“April is a thousand rains”) for a reason.
Southerners feel the approach of summer faster than anyone – in March, the thermometer quickly rises to +20 ° C and many immediately switch from winter jackets to short sleeves. At the same time, it is still cool in the north, about +13 ° C (at night no more than + 5-10 ° C), it is often rainy.
April
In April, many people open the beach season – if not for swimming, then for sunbathing. In the south, at least 20 degrees of heat is recorded and the sun shines brightly, periodically drizzling. The northern and central regions are also beginning to feel the arrival of heat, having +15-18 °C “overboard” during the day and at least +12 °C at night.
Traditionally, the end of the spring cycle is no less generous with rainfall. At the same time, if summer temperatures of +24 ° C are set in the southern territories and the sea warms up to + 18-20 ° C, then the northerners are in no hurry to start water procedures: daytime air is just beginning to approach +20 ° C, water is heated only to + 15-17°C.
In the summer, there comes a time when high temperatures come to Spain and it gets really hot. During the day, the thermometer rises to + 35-40 ° C, in the south and above. On such days, prudent Spaniards sunbathe “in the shade”, that is, under a canopy or retire for an afternoon siesta. At the same time, the sea breeze makes staying at seaside resorts more comfortable.
June days are considered to be the best for seaside holidays – it is still not hot, around +25 °C, but it is already possible to sunbathe and swim (average water is +21 °C). Warm dry weather is established throughout the country, which allows even the northerners to forget about the umbrella for a while.
In the middle of summer, heat comes to the peninsula: the air warms up to +30-35 °C, and even higher in some southern regions. The night brings some freshness, but even then the thermometer shows at least +20 ° C. Precipitation is rare, more often recorded in the northern provinces.
August
Like July, August weather is characterized by day and night heat and complete absence of rain. The warm sea (+24-26 °C) is great for swimming. Despite the heat, most of the inhabitants of the Kingdom traditionally choose this month for their holidays, so the resorts are filled with crowds of tourists.
Autumn
During the velvet season, the heat drops significantly, the air and water are pleasantly warm, so this period is recognized by many as the best for sightseeing trips without crowds, and for a beach holiday. In October-November, bad weather comes to some regions, however, with the exception of the northern provinces, it is intense, but not protracted.
September
The beginning of the autumn period is not much different from summer – the temperature drops by only a couple of degrees, to + 25-28 ° C, although the weather can be hot until October. In the second half of the month, the sun is not so active, but the sea waters are still warm, not lower than + 22-24 ° C, which allows even families with children to swim.
October
The October Sea, warming up to +16-21°C, is still conducive to water procedures, although the air continues to cool down: the average value is around +20-22°C. At the same time, the coolness of the night is already reminiscent of the approach of winter – in the dark, the thermometer does not rise above +15 ° C.
November
The end of autumn in the Kingdom is noticeably colder – it is maximum +15 °C outside, rains and winds are not uncommon. Only brave foreigners dare to swim – the water is not warmer than +15 ° C (in the south – up to +19°C).
Beach tourist seasons in the resorts of Spain
Swimming in most of the country is accepted from May to October. Fans of the warm sea choose the period from July to September, when it warms up to a comfortable + 24-26C, while those who are not averse to refreshing can take a dip from April to November. However, in some areas, which are warm throughout most of the year, you can swim and sunbathe until the onset of winter. These include:
Sightseeing tourist seasons
Spring and autumn are without a doubt the most suitable for sightseeing trips to the Kingdom of Spain, for example, to the regions of Castile, Andalusia, the Mediterranean coast and the Balearic Islands. During these periods, you can visit most of the attractions without the tiring heat, tourist crowds and inflated prices, and if you’re lucky with the weather, sunbathe and swim in the still warm sea. An additional plus is that a trip during sales, that is, in January and July, will save on shopping.
Clothes to take with you
The climate in Spain is favorable almost all year round, with a record number of sunny days (300), so recommendations for tourists to pack rarely include thick sweaters or earflaps. Regardless of whether we are talking about a beach holiday or sightseeing, it makes sense to bet on natural fabrics and comfortable shoes – it is better to discover the most interesting corners of the Kingdom on your own two feet. Many Spaniards are adept at layering, which allows them to feel comfortable at any time of the day, easily modifying the outfit during the day. Further advice may vary from region to region.
Thus, going to the north of the country, it is necessary to take into account the difference between daytime and evening temperatures – even the warmest sunny days are replaced by cool nights. Therefore, closed shoes, a warm top and a scarf for the neck should be added to the standard wardrobe, and on an autumn trip – a scarf, jacket, boots and an obligatory umbrella.
Traveling south involves a less relaxed mode of gathering – even in the cold season, boots and a raincoat are unlikely to be needed. In the summer months, it is recommended to take cotton clothes with a sleeve that will not allow you to burn, light sandals and an indispensable hat, in winter you can take an additional light jacket or raincoat, a sweater and comfortable boots or sneakers.
Despite the fact that in Spain there are pleasant sunny days almost all year round, in order for your stay in the country not to be overshadowed by the vagaries of the weather, you need to properly prepare. Barcelona Realty Group is a reliable assistant in choosing the best place for your vacation. Our managers will help you decide on the choice of the region to visit, taking into account the climate, purpose of the trip, preferences (mountains, beach, excursions). Whatever climate zone you choose, you will be warm and comfortable with us! Find out more about where it is best to relax in Spanish territory by calling us by phone or filling out an online form.
Weather in Spain
Today, January 08, 2022, in Spain it is cloudy with clearings, air temperature +9°C, relative humidity 85%. Atmospheric pressure 755 mm Hg, northeast wind 6 m/s.
+9°С
cloudy with clearings
Humidity:
85%
Wind:
northeast 6m/s
General information about the weather in Spain (climate in Spain)
by months (graph)
–> Humidity by months (graph)
–> Wind rose
The website weatherarchive.ru contains information about the weather in Spain since 2014. This page talks about weather in Spain in general, that is about climate in Spain . More detailed data on the weather in Spain can be obtained, for example, at the links:
Each page contains detailed information about temperature, humidity, wind rose in Spain and other climate parameters in the corresponding month. Another city and another date can be selected in the site menu.
The warmest, coldest, sunny and snowy month in Spain
As shown by weather statistics , The warmest month in Spain is July with an average temperature of +25.1°C. The second in a row is August (+25.1°C), the third is June (+22.2°C). Accordingly, the coldest month in Spain is January. The average monthly temperature in January is only +9.1°C. Most sunshine in Spain in July. Thus, July is the sunniest month in Spain .
Warmest
July
+25.1 ° С
August
+25.1 ° C
June
+22.2 ° C 9000
9000
The coldest
9000 9000 +9000 9000 +9000 9000. 000 9000 +
December
+10.5 ° C
February
+10.6 ° C 9,0009
more sun
7 9000
July
23 23 DN.
August
21 days
June
21 days
More snow
August
0 days
February
0 days
Weather in Spain by months (table)
Below is a table of weather in Spain by months. In the table you will find such parameters of climate in Spain as average temperature in Spain for 9 months0970 , average humidity in Spain by month, average wind speed in Spain by month, number of sunny days in Spain by month, number of rainy days in Spain by month and other information.
3.2 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9000 m/s 9,000,000
70 %
2.7 m/s
17
10
2
1
November
+13 ° C
76 %
2.9 2222 12 m/s 9000 2/s 9000 12
3
1
December
+10. 5 ° C
76 %
3.0 m/s
17
11
2 9000 9000
)
The temperature in Spain varies from 9.1°C to 25.1°C depending on the month. At the same time, the minimum temperature in Spain is observed in January, the maximum temperature in Spain is usually in July.
The graph of the average temperature in Spain by months is presented below:
Humidity in Spain by months (chart)
Humidity in Spain varies from 57% to 76% depending on the month. At the same time, the minimum humidity in Spain is observed in June, the maximum humidity in Spain occurs in November.
The graph of the average humidity in Spain by month is shown below:
Wind rose in Spain
Wind rose in Spain (also called wind pattern or wind map ) shows which winds prevail in the considered city. In this case the wind map shows the prevailing wind directions in Spain .
As seen from the wind rose, the main wind direction in Spain is Western (21%). In addition, the prevailing wind directions can be called northwest (14%) and east (13%). The rarest wind in Spain is south (8%).
Weather and seasons in Spain by months. When is the best time to go?
We tell you when is the best time to go to Spain. Monthly weather – water and air temperature. When do beach holidays and sales seasons begin and end. Reviews of tourists about the weather.
Hot deals 9Look for 0015 on Level.Travel and Travelata services – they will find the best deals among different tour operators. Want to save? Look:
When is the beach season in Spain
The swimming season in Spanish resorts lasts from May to October. At the end of spring, sea water is still not warm enough, so there are few tourists. Most vacationers come in July and August. When is the best time to visit Spain with a child? We advise you to choose June or September – in the middle of summer in the Mediterranean it is too hot.
The best beaches in Spain
Tourist reviews of Spain
When the sale season in Spain
Spain has two big seasons of discounts – in Spanish rebajas. Winter sales begin after the New Year holidays – January 2-7 and end in the first decade of March. Summer starts on July 1 and lasts until the end of August.
Some regions of Spain have their own rules. For example, in Madrid, winter sales run from January 1 to March 31, while Valencia opens the summer discount season from June 27 to September 3. In addition, there are Christmas sales that begin on December 1 and end before the New Year.
Beach in Calella (Photo: wikimedia.ru / Mike Danilov)
Monthly weather in Spain
January
Water and air temperature. In Spain, there are no cold weather familiar to us. In January, the air temperature in the resorts is +13. +17°С, in Tenerife +20°С, and in Madrid +10°С. Sea water is cool +13. +19°С.
Weather conditions. Rainfall varies by region. It is sunny and warm in the south of the country and in the Canary Islands. Rainy weather in Galicia and Asturias.
Reviews of tourists. Winter Spain is as interesting as summer. Fans of skiing and snowboarding go to ski resorts. According to tourists, it is convenient to combine holidays in the mountains with interesting excursions, because the resorts are located near the main cities. At the beginning of winter in Spain, there is a season of sales, so shopping fans willingly come to the country.
February
Water and air temperature. In February, the air temperature is +14. +16°C, in Malaga and Tenerife +18. +20°С. Sea water temperature +13. +14°С. Near the southern coast of the country it is warmer than +15. +16°C, and in Tenerife +19°C.
Weather conditions. Spanish winter is mild. Compared to January, there is less rain. Frosts occur only in the north of the country and in the mountains.
Reviews of tourists. In February, the ski season continues in Spain. The main winter resorts are in the Pyrenees and the Sierra Nevada. The air temperature there ranges from +1 to -8°C. Tourists note that at the end of winter the weather on the coast is capricious. Clear sunny days are often replaced by rain and chilly winds.
Barcelona (Photo: unsplash.com / @dinges)
Water and air temperature. With the onset of spring it gets warmer. Air temperature +16. + 21 ° С, and sea water +14. +19°С.
Weather conditions. Spanish spring is the most romantic time of the year. Green foliage appears everywhere, mimosas bloom, almonds and citrus orchards bloom. In the north and northwest of Spain it is still cool and damp, and in the south there is already a lot of sun.
Reviews of tourists. March is the month when it is better to relax in Spain for lovers of excursions. According to reviews, it is already warm in Madrid + 16 ° C, you can walk in light clothes. The ski season is coming to an end. In the south of Gran Canaria and Tenerife, where sea water is warmed up to +19. +21°C, beach lovers appear.
Rent a car in Spain
What to bring from Spain
April
Water and air temperature. In April the air temperature is +17. + 22 ° С, and sea water +15. +19°C.
Weather conditions. In the north, northwest and central regions of Spain there is more rain. In Galicia in April – at least 13 rainy days. The southern coast pleases with dry and sunny weather.
Reviews of tourists. April is the last month before the start of the beach season. Prices for tours to Spain are still low, so you can save. In the spring, it is better to relax in Spain for those who like to see the sights. The weather is not hot, and there are no crowds of tourists on popular excursion routes. If you want to swim in the sea, choose the Canaries.
El Postiguet beach in Alicante has a “Blue Flag” (Photo: unsplash.com / @juliandik)
Water and air temperature. It’s almost summer in Spain in May. Air temperature +21. + 24 ° С, and sea water +17. +20°С.
Weather conditions. Daylight hours are extended to 14.5 hours. In the evenings it is not as chilly as in March and April, and it rains 5-7 times a month. It is warmest in Andalusia and the Canary Islands. During the day, tourists enjoy sunbathing.
Reviews of tourists. In May, the beach season starts in Spain. The cool sea gives a pleasant freshness, but is not yet suitable for long swims. The snow is melting in the mountains, and routes for trekking enthusiasts are opening. According to tourists, in addition to beach holidays and city tours, trips to national parks, boat trips, diving and surfing are popular in May.
Water and air temperature. At the beginning of summer the air temperature is +25. + 28 ° С, and sea water +21. +24°С.
Weather conditions. In June, the number of sunny days increases to 30, and rains are rare. At night it is still cool +13. +15°С. During the day, tourists walk in light clothes, but for evening promenades, you need to warm up!
Reviews of tourists. If you have not decided when is the best time to go to Spain with children, choose June. At the beginning of the school holidays in Spanish resorts there is no intense heat, and the sea water is quite warm. In addition to beach activities and water parks, ecotourism, horseback riding, cycling, hiking and paragliding are in demand. Tourists believe that in June it is most pleasant to relax in Adalusia, Ibiza and Tenerife.
How much does food cost in Spain
Where is the best place to relax in Spain? It’s getting hotter. Air temperature +28. + 31 ° С, and sea water +22. +24°С. In Malaga, the sea warms up to + 27 ° С.
Weather conditions. There are no cloudy days in July. The sun bakes from morning to evening. Sometimes the thermometer jumps up to +34. +36°С. Spaniards and tourists escape the heat in the sea, shady parks and air-conditioned rooms.
Reviews of tourists. The high season in Spain is in full swing. According to reviews, due to the heat, excursions are not very popular. Vacationers alternate beach holidays with visits to restaurants and entertainment centers. In the middle of summer in Spain, the sales season begins, many colorful holidays and festivals are held.
Fort Santa Barbara in Alicante (Photo: unsplash.com / @jcaleweaver)
August
Water and air temperature. August weather in Spain is hot. Average air temperature +29. +32°С. During the day, the thermometer rises to +34. +37°С. Sea water is very warm +25. +28°С.
Weather conditions. The weather is dry all over the country, rains are rare. It is especially difficult to endure high temperatures in cities and in open areas. At night, the air cools down to +23. +24°C, so you can take a break from the heat of the day.
Reviews of tourists. At the end of summer, vacationers swim in the sea, sunbathe, visit water parks, go diving and snorkeling. At the end of the month, the heat in the resorts subsides. According to tourists, the last ten days of August is quite suitable for families with small children, elderly travelers and anyone who suffers from heart and vascular diseases.
Marco Polo experience. We lived in Andalusia in August – the frying pan of Europe. During the day it is unbearably hot, it is hard to walk around the city. If you are unaccustomed to the heat, it is better to relax in Spain in other months or spend time by the sea.
Reviews of Barcelona
Beach holidays in Barcelona
September
Water and air temperature. The velvet season in Spain pleases with warmth. Air temperature +26. + 28 ° С, and sea water +23. +25°С. Swimming is very comfortable!
Weather conditions. Autumn is late in the Iberian Peninsula. There are only two cloudy days in September. The seaside resorts have dry weather, rains are rare.
Reviews of tourists. September is one of the best months to have a seaside holiday in Spain. There are a lot of tourists on the beaches until the middle of the month, but then the resorts become empty. The hot weather is over, and excursions are popular in early autumn. Get to know the monuments of architecture, visit amusement parks and taste the masterpieces of Spanish cuisine!
Barcelona beach (Photo: unsplash.com / @royalfound)
October
Water and air temperature. In October the air temperature during the day is +21. +26°С, and +17 at night. +19°С. The sea is warm +21. +24°С. The beach season in Spain continues.
Weather conditions. There are fewer sunny days – 25. In September it rains for about a third of the month. Take an umbrella, waterproof raincoat and shoes, fleece and a light jacket with you.
Reviews of tourists. Beach holidays are coming to an end, tourists are leaving, and trips to Spain are getting cheaper. According to tourists, autumn weather is good for excursions, yachting and surfing. Experience the national holiday, Spain Day, celebrated on October 12th.
November
Water and air temperature. In November in Spain the weather is still warm. Air temperature +16. + 20 ° С, and sea water +17. +19°С. You can swim only in Malaga and Tenerife, where the sea is warmed up to +21. +22°С.
Weather conditions. November weather is unstable, making long-term forecasts difficult. During the month, the number of sunny days is reduced to 21. It rains more often.
Reviews of tourists. Late autumn is the best time to go to Spain for those who are interested in historical sights. Fans of gastronomic tourism come to the country with pleasure. In November, you can visit the Olive Festival in the town of Baena and the fairs that are held in honor of the end of agricultural work.
Sagrada Familia from the inside (Photo: unsplash.com / @grin)
December
Water and air temperature. At the beginning of winter the air temperature is +15. +17°С. The sea is already cool +15. + 16 ° С, but in Malaga and Tenerife the sea water is warmed up to +19. +20°С.
Weather conditions. By Russian standards, the weather in Spain in December is not wintery. There are few cloudy and rainy days. Only cool winds remind of the onset of the calendar winter.
Reviews of tourists. Although in December there is a low season in Spain, there are enough tourists – everyone is preparing for Christmas and New Year. Travelers from different countries enjoy holidays, get acquainted with Spanish cities and go skiing. At the end of December the hotels are full. We recommend booking accommodation in advance!
Weather in Spain for 10 days and two weeks
Weather in Spain now
Water temperature in the resorts of Spain
Jan
20.9
17.6
15.3
Малага
18
17
17
18
19
20
22
22
22
22
20
19
Palma
16
16
16,0009
17
18
21
24
259000
25
23 9000
7
The climate of Spain
The mild climate of Spain is due to the influence of the Mediterranean climatic zone, but it should be borne in mind that deep temperature differences are characteristic of different regions of the country. Precipitation by months and regions is also unevenly distributed.
Spain can be called one of the warmest countries in southern Europe. The average annual air temperature on the coast is +20 °C, and the number of sunny days a year is close to 280. The weather in Spain all year round allows you to comfortably travel around the country, and from May to October you can combine sightseeing holidays with a beach holiday.
Winters in Spain are cool and rainy, but temperatures rarely drop below freezing. This probability exists only in the northern and central regions of the country.
Sunny Spain in the summer pleases with exceptionally fine, hot days throughout its territory. In the central part and in the south of the country from +30 °С to +40 °С, on the northern coast it is slightly cooler.
The influence of the Mediterranean climate in Spain is fully felt on its eastern and southeastern coasts. The climate is similar on the islands of Menorca, Mallorca, Ibiza: they are characterized by warm winters, dry and hot summers. In the Canary Islands, the weather is different, and for the better: it is consistently warm throughout the year, from +21 °C to +27 °C during the day, and the water does not cool below +18 °C.
The northwestern regions on the Atlantic coast, including Santiago de Compostela, Oviedo and Bilbao, are characterized by a mild and humid climate with low temperature fluctuations and a large amount of precipitation throughout the year (up to 2000 mm in some places), constant winds. It is noticeably warmer here in winter, and cooler in summer, around +22…+25 °С.
Climatic conditions in the interior regions of Spain are very different. The influence of the plateau-mountain-hollow relief is affecting, so there is relatively little precipitation here (up to 500 mm per year), temperature fluctuations are noticeable over the seasons. In particular, in the Aragonese plain and in Old Castile, winters are cold, the wind blows hard, and the summers are dry and hot.
Weather, climate of Spain by months and regions
January and February are the rainy winter months in Spain, the weather is full of surprises, but mostly diurnal temperature differences are smoothed out due to the mild climate. In metropolitan Madrid at this time of the year +9…+11 °С during the day, in coastal areas it is warmer: in Barcelona +13…+14 °С, the air temperature on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea is slightly higher, in southern Gibraltar +16 °С, and in the Canary Islands +21 °С.
March real warmth on the continent pleases the southeastern regions, where the air warms up to +20 °C. In more northern Barcelona at this time +16 ° C, in Madrid a couple of degrees cooler. For most of the country in March, there is a high probability of rain.
April in the tourist areas of Spain attracts travelers with warm weather, although the beaches will be comfortable only after a month. Trips around the country, excursions, long walks in Spanish cities – all this can be safely planned for April. Daytime air temperature averages around +19°C, at night it drops to +10 °C.
In May the weather in Spain is wonderful. At this time, the holiday season opens, on the coast and in the center of the country the air warms up to +21 °С and above, the water temperature in the sea near the coast and in the waters of the islands is +18 °С.
In June it is warm throughout the country, in the central regions hot days are sometimes issued, mainly from +24 … +28 °С.
In July summer in Spain is in full swing. The days are mostly sunny, there is practically no rainfall in the south and on the islands, it rains at times on the northwest coast, less likely in the center of the country and in the east. It is hot in the resorts during the day, about +33 °С, the water heats up to +23 °С.
August is the hottest month for the Spanish coast, Madrid, Zaragoza, Seville and many other cities, and not only in terms of weather, because this is the time of festivals and festivities. The water temperature in the resorts of Spain finally reaches its peak of +25 … +26 ° С, in Tenerife – up to +27 ° С. The air temperature on the coast is from + 34 … + 35 ° С.
In September it is not so hot anymore, so tourists choose southern resorts and islands with comfortable +26…+28 °С heat.
October for the most part brings the first serious precipitation. It becomes cooler – about +22 °С in the resorts and cities of the Mediterranean coast. The beach season is coming to an end on the mainland and nearby islands.
In November you can swim and sunbathe only in the Canary Islands led by Tenerife. In mainland Spain, the weather steadily worsens, but not enough to interfere with excursions and walks. In the central regions, November is one of the rainiest months. In Madrid at this time it is cool, about +13 °C. In Alicante, Valencia and other resorts up to +19°C.
In December , the continental part of the country and the nearest islands are covered by windy and rainy winter weather. It is relatively warm in the Canary Islands, but it is in this month that the maximum precipitation falls.
Useful links:
✔️ 4% cashback when booking on booking. com . Over 2500 reviews.
✔️ Russian guides and excursions around the world. Transfers, photography services and much more.
✔️ Cheap flights? course Aviasales .
Monthly weather in Spain
Spain is actually an amazing country where the sun shines all year round, and therefore a great vacation is simply guaranteed
Spain is one of the warmest countries in Western Europe where you can enjoy the sun for 285 days a year.
The north of Spain from Galicia to Catalonia is under the influence of the Atlantic. This region is characterized by a mild climate with a large amount of precipitation – rainy warm winters and humid hot summers.
The southeast coast is dominated by a Mediterranean type of climate with low precipitation, especially in autumn and winter. Winters are warm and short, while summers are dry and hot.
Temperature fluctuations are observed in the central part of the kingdom, where during the day the air heats up to 30˚С, and at night – up to 15˚С heat. Winters in this region are also dry, but rather frosty, and summers are sunny and rainless.
The climate of the Canary Islands is distinguished by its year-round constancy. There is practically no sultry heat and excessive freshness at the resort.
On the other islands (Ibiza, Menorca and Mallorca) the climate is close to that of the Mediterranean coast.
Weather in Spain in winter
December
In December it is still warm in Spain, but winter is gradually coming into its own, a cold wind is blowing, and it is raining. The country is preparing for Christmas and the opening of the ski season. Weather conditions depend on the region; in general, the temperature in the country is up to +12°C. In the central part and in the north of Spain, the temperature ranges from 14°C to +17°C. The sea on the coast is also relatively warm – +14 – +19degrees.
January
January is the coldest month with frequent winds bringing cold rain. During the day, the air warms up to 10˚С on average. In the south of the country it is warmer and during the day the average temperature is about 17 ° C, and at night – + 7 ° C. A little cooler during the day on the northwestern riviera – +12°C. The most frosty weather in January is in the central part of Spain, where it gets cold at night up to +3°C, and during the day – up to +10°C. But in the Canary Islands at this time it is sunny up to 19°C, and the water warms up to +22°C.
February
February is the same as January, but the weather is quite changeable. The sun may be replaced by snowfall or cold winds with rain. In the south of the coast, spring weather is up to +18 ° C during the day and up to 8 ° C at night. In other parts of Spain, the weather is almost the same as in January. At this time, colorful carnivals are held in the country.
The weather in Spain in the spring
With the arrival of spring it is getting warmer and the resorts are getting ready for the beach season. The average air temperature in Spain is up to 16°C -18°C warm, and water – up to +16°C. There is practically no rain. The warmest, of course, is in the south (in the afternoon – up to +19°C, +9°C at night), slightly cooler in the northwest (+13°C during the day, +9°C at night), and sunny on the central plateau (+16°C during the day, +16°C at night). 9°C). Read more about weather conditions in March here.
April
In April, you can soak up the sun on the beaches of Spain. The thermometer rises to 20°C this month. It is a rather rainy month, but the precipitation is usually short-lived. Temperatures across Spain are on the rise. The air temperature in the southern regions during the day reaches 21°C, at night – up to + 10°C, in the south-west during the day it is warm up to + 14°C, at night – +9°C, and in the central part of Spain about +18°C during the day, +7°C at night. More information about the weather in April.
May is the beginning of a beach holiday. Every day it becomes warmer and more comfortable. The southern regions of Spain warm up to + 22°C – + 24°C, and the water on the coast – up to + 18°C. It should be noted that fluctuations in air temperature in the Canary Islands in May are insignificant and do not differ from the winter months. It is also dry and sunny here. May in Spain is a time of holidays and festivals.
Weather in Spain in summer
June is the perfect month for holidays, especially with children. The weather is hot, but there is no sweltering heat. The air temperature reaches the level of 25°C – 26°C warm, and the sea warms up to +20°C on average. For lovers of swimming, it is better to choose southern resorts, where during the day the temperature is 27°C, and at night it drops to +17°C. It is cooler in the north-west of the country, here it is about 18°C during the day, and up to +13°C at night.
The middle of summer is considered the hottest month. The temperature rises to +30°C – +34°C, and the sea – up to +25°C. At this time in Spain the height of the resort holiday. In July, there is practically no precipitation, the weather is sunny and partly cloudy.
August
The last month of summer differs little from the July heat. It is the same dry and sunny weather. In the north of the country, the sky is sometimes overcast and it rains.
Pleasant sea breezes on the coast bring freshness and coolness.
Weather in Spain in autumn
September
The holiday season in September is not over yet, but the weather can already bring trouble, especially in the second half of the month. The water in the sea during the summer warmed up to +25°C. In the south of Spain, during the day it is warm up to + 30 ° C, and at night the temperature drops to + 20 ° C – + 25 ° C. Precipitation can fall in the north of the country, and the thermometer reaches + 25 ° C, it is already cooler at night. There are storms on the coast at the end of September, and therefore it is better to plan a vacation in Spain until the middle of the month.
October
In October, autumn comes to Spain, and all the resorts of the country are gradually empty. Which, of course, cannot be said about the Canary Islands, where rest is still in full swing. The average daily temperature on the mainland is kept at around +22°C, and at night it already drops noticeably. In coastal areas it is not so warm anymore (up to +15°C). It often rains, especially in the central part of Spain. This time is perfect for visiting the sights of Spain.
November
November is a cold rainy month with winds and average air temperature up to +17°C. The water on the coast still keeps warm up to +20°С. It is coldest in the north of the country (up to +13°C during the day, and +7°C at night), in the south the air warms up to 20°C and there are fewer sunny days. The autumn months are the period for touristic cultural holidays in Spain.
The climate of Spain by tourist regions
Spain is considered to be one of the warmest countries in Western Europe. The sun in this country shines 260 – 285 days a year. At the same time, you can sunbathe only from May to early October, if we are talking about the continental part of the country. In the Canary Islands, you can sunbathe throughout the year, and swim from May to December. Although you can swim at any time if you wish, there will simply not be much comfort from swimming in 18-degree water.
The average annual temperature on the Mediterranean coast is 20 degrees Celsius. In winter, the temperature drops below zero, usually only in the mountainous regions of the country, which are located in the central and northern part of the Iberian Peninsula. In the summer months, temperatures can rise to 40 degrees, but this is more common in the southern regions. On the northern coast, the temperature is not so high – about 25-32 degrees Celsius.
You can get detailed information about the weather conditions in each month from the table below. Its peculiarity lies in the fact that it evaluates not only the weather in the resorts of Spain in the specified month, but also the level of prices for tours. It turns out a kind of weighted model of the country’s attractiveness in a given month.
Different regions should be considered separately for precipitation and humidity. We will not delve into the climatic features of the northwestern coast of Spain, which is not in great demand among Russian tourists. The main information you need to know about this region is that cyclones coming from the Atlantic bring a lot of moisture throughout the year. Therefore, the summer here is hot and humid, and the winter is cloudy and with constant rain.
Costa Brava and Costa Dorada
The northeastern part of the country, where the country’s most popular resorts are located, is influenced by the Mediterranean climate. Summers are hot and humid, while winters are cool and relatively dry. Thanks to the cold current from the Atlantic, the water in the sea here warms up to a maximum of +26 degrees, but it reaches these values only by August. For the same reason, the Costa Brava collects all the rainfall that rises from the southern part of Spain. Often, when it rains in Lloret de Mar, the sun is already shining in Salou. In the summer months, rains, by the way, are not uncommon, but they do not interfere with a beach holiday at all, as they pass quickly.
The main difference between the weather in Costa Brava and Costa Dorado is that they are separated by 200 km. In summer, quite often you can observe a situation when the weather is cloudy in the Costa Brava, and on the contrary, the sun is shining in the Costa Dorada. In addition, the entrance to the sea on the beaches of Salou and its surrounding resorts is gentle, so the water here warms up better.
Southern regions (Valencia, Malaga)
The southern and southeastern part of the country is under the influence of Africa. It is much hotter here than in the north, and there is practically no rain. However, it is worth bearing in mind that the water temperature here is always lower than in the north. This is due to the proximity of the Atlantic Ocean. On the other hand, warm weather here lasts almost until mid-November, while the Costa Brava cools down by mid-October.
Ibiza and Mallorca
The Balearic Islands (Ibiza, Mallorca and Menorca) are somewhere in the middle between the weather in the northern and southern parts. The weather here is conducive to rest until mid-October, but is completely curtailed by November. At the end of October, the islands fall into the power of cyclones, which drive out the last tourists until the next holiday season, which starts in May-June.
Canary Islands
Separately, it must be said about the climate in the Canary Islands. It is not for nothing that these islands are called the islands of eternal spring. The fact is that it is never too hot or too cold, too rainy or too dry. It seems that here, based on our climate, there are only three months: May, June and July. The coldest month of the year is February, when the temperature can drop to +18 degrees during the day (water in the ocean is also +18). The hottest is August and September, when the thermometer reaches 30 degrees, and the water warms up to +25.
Mallorca February Weather, Average Temperature (Spain)
Daily high temperatures are around 59°F, rarely falling below 52°F or exceeding 66°F.
Daily low temperatures are around 41°F, rarely falling below 33°F or exceeding 50°F.
For reference, on August 4, the hottest day of the year, temperatures in Mallorca typically range from 67°F to 87°F, while on January 27, the coldest day of the year, they range from 40°F to 59°F.
Average High and Low Temperature in February in MallorcaFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282835°F35°F40°F40°F45°F45°F50°F50°F55°F55°F60°F60°F65°F65°F70°F70°FJanMarFeb 159°FFeb 159°F41°F41°FFeb 2860°FFeb 2860°F41°F41°FFeb 1159°FFeb 1159°F41°F41°F
The daily average high (red line) and low (blue line) temperature, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands. The thin dotted lines are the corresponding average perceived temperatures.
The figure below shows you a compact characterization of the hourly average temperatures for the quarter of the year centered on February. The horizontal axis is the day, the vertical axis is the hour of the day, and the color is the average temperature for that hour and day.
Average Hourly Temperature in February in Mallorca
Average Hourly Temperature in February in MallorcaFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM2 AM2 AM4 AM4 AM6 AM6 AM8 AM8 AM10 AM10 AM12 PM12 PM2 PM2 PM4 PM4 PM6 PM6 PM8 PM8 PM10 PM10 PM12 AM12 AMJanMarvery coldcoldcoldcool
frigid 15°F freezing 32°F very cold 45°F cold 55°F cool 65°F comfortable 75°F warm 85°F hot 95°F sweltering
The average hourly temperature, color coded into bands. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
The month of February in Mallorca experiences essentially constant cloud cover, with the percentage of time that the sky is overcast or mostly cloudy remaining about 38% throughout the month. The lowest chance of overcast or mostly cloudy conditions is 37% on February 3.
The clearest day of the month is February 3, with clear, mostly clear, or partly cloudy conditions 63% of the time.
For reference, on October 31, the cloudiest day of the year, the chance of overcast or mostly cloudy conditions is 46%, while on July 21, the clearest day of the year, the chance of clear, mostly clear, or partly cloudy skies is 90%.
Cloud Cover Categories in February in Mallorca
Cloud Cover Categories in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%100%10%90%20%80%30%70%40%60%50%50%60%40%70%30%80%20%90%10%100%0%JanMarOct 3154%Oct 3154%Feb 162%Feb 162%Feb 2861%Feb 2861%Feb 1162%Feb 1162%clearmostly clearpartly cloudymostly cloudyovercast
The percentage of time spent in each cloud cover band, categorized by the percentage of the sky covered by clouds.
A wet day is one with at least 0.04 inches of liquid or liquid-equivalent precipitation. In Mallorca, the chance of a wet day over the course of February is gradually decreasing, starting the month at 17% and ending it at 15%.
For reference, the year’s highest daily chance of a wet day is 25% on November 19, and its lowest chance is 3% on July 14.
Probability of Precipitation in February in Mallorca
Probability of Precipitation in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%0%2%2%4%4%6%6%8%8%10%10%12%12%14%14%16%16%18%18%JanMarFeb 117%Feb 117%Feb 2815%Feb 2815%Feb 1117%Feb 1117%rain
The percentage of days in which various types of precipitation are observed, excluding trace quantities: rain alone, snow alone, and mixed (both rain and snow fell in the same day).
Rainfall
To show variation within the month and not just the monthly total, we show the rainfall accumulated over a sliding 31-day period centered around each day.
The average sliding 31-day rainfall during February in Mallorca is essentially constant, remaining about 1.1 inches throughout, and rarely exceeding 2.4 inches or falling below 0.2 inches.
Average Monthly Rainfall in February in Mallorca
Average Monthly Rainfall in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280.0 in0.0 in0.5 in0.5 in1.0 in1.0 in1.5 in1.5 in2.0 in2.0 in2.5 in2.5 in3.0 in3.0 inJanMarFeb 11.2 inFeb 11.2 inFeb 280.9 inFeb 280.9 inFeb 111.1 inFeb 111.1 in
The average rainfall (solid line) accumulated over the course of a sliding 31-day period centered on the day in question, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands. The thin dotted line is the corresponding average snowfall.
Over the course of February in Mallorca, the length of the day is rapidly increasing. From the start to the end of the month, the length of the day increases by 1 hour, 4 minutes, implying an average daily increase of 2 minutes, 23 seconds, and weekly increase of 16 minutes, 39 seconds.
The shortest day of the month is February 1, with 10 hours, 12 minutes of daylight and the longest day is February 28, with 11 hours, 16 minutes of daylight.
Hours of Daylight and Twilight in February in Mallorca
Hours of Daylight and Twilight in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 hr24 hr4 hr20 hr8 hr16 hr12 hr12 hr16 hr8 hr20 hr4 hr24 hr0 hrJanMarnightnightdaydayFeb 110 hr, 12 minFeb 110 hr, 12 minFeb 2811 hr, 16 minFeb 2811 hr, 16 min
The number of hours during which the Sun is visible (black line). From bottom (most yellow) to top (most gray), the color bands indicate: full daylight, twilight (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and full night.
The latest sunrise of the month in Mallorca is 7:55 AM on February 1 and the earliest sunrise is 33 minutes earlier at 7:22 AM on February 28.
The earliest sunset is 6:07 PM on February 1 and the latest sunset is 31 minutes later at 6:38 PM on February 28.
Daylight saving time is observed in Mallorca during 2022, but it neither starts nor ends during February, so the entire month is in standard time.
For reference, on June 21, the longest day of the year, the Sun rises at 6:20 AM and sets 14 hours, 58 minutes later, at 9:18 PM, while on December 21, the shortest day of the year, it rises at 8:04 AM and sets 9 hours, 22 minutes later, at 5:27 PM.
Sunrise & Sunset with Twilight and Daylight Saving Time in February in Mallorca
Sunrise & Sunset with Twilight and Daylight Saving Time in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728282 AM4 AM6 AM8 AM10 AM12 PM2 PM4 PM6 PM8 PM10 PM12 AMJanMar7:22 AM7:22 AMFeb 286:38 PMFeb 286:38 PM7:55 AM7:55 AMFeb 16:07 PMFeb 16:07 PM7:39 AM7:39 AMFeb 166:25 PMFeb 166:25 PMSolarMidnightSolarMidnightSolarNoonSunriseSunset
The solar day over the course of February. From bottom to top, the black lines are the previous solar midnight, sunrise, solar noon, sunset, and the next solar midnight. The day, twilights (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and night are indicated by the color bands from yellow to gray.
The figure below presents a compact representation of the sun’s elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon) and azimuth (its compass bearing) for every hour of every day in the reporting period. The horizontal axis is the day of the year and the vertical axis is the hour of the day. For a given day and hour of that day, the background color indicates the azimuth of the sun at that moment. The black isolines are contours of constant solar elevation.
Solar Elevation and Azimuth in February in Mallorca
Solar Elevation and Azimuth in February in MallorcaFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM2 AM2 AM4 AM4 AM6 AM6 AM8 AM8 AM10 AM10 AM12 PM12 PM2 PM2 PM4 PM4 PM6 PM6 PM8 PM8 PM10 PM10 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar001010202030304000101020203040
northeastsouthwest
Solar elevation and azimuth over the course of February 2022. The black lines are lines of constant solar elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon, in degrees). The background color fills indicate the azimuth (the compass bearing) of the sun. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries of the cardinal compass points indicate the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
The figure below presents a compact representation of key lunar data for February 2022. The horizontal axis is the day, the vertical axis is the hour of the day, and the colored areas indicate when the moon is above the horizon. The vertical gray bars (new Moons) and blue bars (full Moons) indicate key Moon phases. The label associated with each bar indicates the date and time that the phase is obtained, and the companion time labels indicate the rise and set times of the Moon for the nearest time interval in which the moon is above the horizon.
The time in which the moon is above the horizon (light blue area), with new moons (dark gray lines) and full moons (blue lines) indicated. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Feb 2022
Illumination
Moonrise
Moonset
Moonrise
Meridian Passing
Distance
1
0%
8:27 AM
ESE
6:25 PM
WSW
–
1:26 PM
S
227,463 mi
2
2%
9:04 AM
ESE
7:40 PM
WSW
–
2:22 PM
S
230,079 mi
3
7%
9:35 AM
ESE
8:51 PM
W
–
3:12 PM
S
233,369 mi
4
14%
10:02 AM
E
9:58 PM
W
–
3:59 PM
S
237,031 mi
5
23%
10:27 AM
E
11:03 PM
W
–
4:43 PM
S
240,742 mi
6
32%
10:50 AM
E
–
–
5:25 PM
S
244,202 mi
7
42%
–
12:06 AM
WNW
11:15 AM
ENE
6:08 PM
S
247,161 mi
8
50%
–
1:08 AM
WNW
11:41 AM
ENE
6:52 PM
S
249,435 mi
9
61%
–
2:09 AM
WNW
12:10 PM
ENE
7:37 PM
S
250,913 mi
10
71%
–
3:10 AM
WNW
12:44 PM
ENE
8:24 PM
S
251,558 mi
11
79%
–
4:09 AM
WNW
1:24 PM
NE
9:13 PM
S
251,400 mi
12
86%
–
5:05 AM
NW
2:10 PM
NE
10:04 PM
S
250,529 mi
13
92%
–
5:57 AM
NW
3:04 PM
NE
10:55 PM
S
249,077 mi
14
97%
–
6:42 AM
WNW
4:03 PM
ENE
11:45 PM
S
247,204 mi
15
98%
–
7:21 AM
WNW
5:06 PM
ENE
–
–
16
100%
–
7:54 AM
WNW
6:11 PM
ENE
12:34 AM
S
245,073 mi
17
100%
–
8:24 AM
WNW
7:17 PM
ENE
1:21 AM
S
242,835 mi
18
98%
–
8:50 AM
W
8:23 PM
E
2:07 AM
S
240,609 mi
19
94%
–
9:15 AM
W
9:29 PM
E
2:51 AM
S
238,479 mi
20
88%
–
9:40 AM
W
10:37 PM
E
3:36 AM
S
236,487 mi
21
79%
–
10:05 AM
WSW
11:46 PM
ESE
4:22 AM
S
234,651 mi
22
70%
–
10:34 AM
WSW
–
5:11 AM
S
232,975 mi
23
50%
12:58 AM
ESE
11:08 AM
WSW
–
6:03 AM
S
231,475 mi
24
47%
2:11 AM
ESE
11:48 AM
WSW
–
6:59 AM
S
230,192 mi
25
35%
3:23 AM
SE
12:38 PM
SW
–
8:01 AM
S
229,207 mi
26
24%
4:31 AM
SE
1:38 PM
SW
–
9:05 AM
S
228,631 mi
27
14%
5:30 AM
SE
2:47 PM
WSW
–
10:09 AM
S
228,592 mi
28
7%
6:19 AM
ESE
4:01 PM
WSW
–
11:10 AM
S
229,198 mi
We base the humidity comfort level on the dew point, as it determines whether perspiration will evaporate from the skin, thereby cooling the body. Lower dew points feel drier and higher dew points feel more humid. Unlike temperature, which typically varies significantly between night and day, dew point tends to change more slowly, so while the temperature may drop at night, a muggy day is typically followed by a muggy night.
The chance that a given day will be muggy in Mallorca is essentially constant during February, remaining around 0% throughout.
For reference, on August 12, the muggiest day of the year, there are muggy conditions 67% of the time, while on January 1, the least muggy day of the year, there are muggy conditions 0% of the time.
Humidity Comfort Levels in February in Mallorca
Humidity Comfort Levels in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%0%10%10%20%20%30%30%40%40%50%50%60%60%70%70%80%80%90%90%100%100%JanMarFeb 10%Feb 10%Feb 280%Feb 280%Feb 110%Feb 110%comfortablecomfortabledrydry
The percentage of time spent at various humidity comfort levels, categorized by dew point.
This section discusses the wide-area hourly average wind vector (speed and direction) at 10 meters above the ground. The wind experienced at any given location is highly dependent on local topography and other factors, and instantaneous wind speed and direction vary more widely than hourly averages.
The average hourly wind speed in Mallorca is gradually decreasing during February, decreasing from 12.6 miles per hour to 12.1 miles per hour over the course of the month.
For reference, on December 16, the windiest day of the year, the daily average wind speed is 13.1 miles per hour, while on July 23, the calmest day of the year, the daily average wind speed is 7.4 miles per hour.
Average Wind Speed in February in Mallorca
Average Wind Speed in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 mph0 mph5 mph5 mph20 mph20 mph25 mph25 mph30 mph30 mphJanMarFeb 112. 6 mphFeb 112.6 mphFeb 2812.1 mphFeb 2812.1 mphFeb 1612.3 mphFeb 1612.3 mph
The average of mean hourly wind speeds (dark gray line), with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
The hourly average wind direction in Mallorca throughout February is predominantly from the west, with a peak proportion of 37% on February 1.
Wind Direction in February in Mallorca
Wind Direction in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%100%20%80%40%60%60%40%80%20%100%0%JanMarwestsoutheastnorth
northeastsouthwest
The percentage of hours in which the mean wind direction is from each of the four cardinal wind directions, excluding hours in which the mean wind speed is less than 1.0 mph. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries are the percentage of hours spent in the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
Mallorca is located near a large body of water (e.g., ocean, sea, or large lake). This section reports on the wide-area average surface temperature of that water.
The average surface water temperature in Mallorca is essentially constant during February, remaining around 57°F throughout.
The lowest average surface water temperature during February is 57°F on February 25.
Average Water Temperature in February in Mallorca
Average Water Temperature in February in MallorcaFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282855°F55°F56°F56°F57°F57°F58°F58°F59°F59°F60°F60°F61°F61°FJanMarFeb 2557°FFeb 2557°FFeb 157°FFeb 157°FFeb 1157°FFeb 1157°F
The daily average water temperature (purple line), with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
Definitions of the growing season vary throughout the world, but for the purposes of this report, we define it as the longest continuous period of non-freezing temperatures (≥ 32°F) in the year (the calendar year in the Northern Hemisphere, or from July 1 until June 30 in the Southern Hemisphere).
The growing season in Mallorca typically lasts for 12 months (353 days), from around January 24 to around January 12, rarely starting after March 8, or ending before December 19.
The month of February in Mallorca is more likely than not fully outside of the growing season, with the chance that a given day is in the growing season rapidly increasing from 55% to 82% over the course of the month.
Time Spent in Various Temperature Bands and the Growing Season in February in Mallorca
Time Spent in Various Temperature Bands and the Growing Season in February in Mallorcagrowing seasonFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%100%10%90%20%80%30%70%40%60%50%50%60%40%70%30%80%20%90%10%100%0%JanMar55%Feb 155%Feb 182%Feb 2882%Feb 2863%Feb 1163%Feb 1150%Jan 2450%Jan 2450%Jan 1250%Jan 12very coldcoldcoolcomfortable
frigid 15°F freezing 32°F very cold 45°F cold 55°F cool 65°F comfortable 75°F warm 85°F hot 95°F sweltering
The percentage of time spent in various temperature bands. The black line is the percentage chance that a given day is within the growing season.
Growing degree days are a measure of yearly heat accumulation used to predict plant and animal development, and defined as the integral of warmth above a base temperature, discarding any excess above a maximum temperature. In this report, we use a base of 50°F and a cap of 86°F.
The average accumulated growing degree days in Mallorca are gradually increasing during February, increasing by 93°F, from 102°F to 195°F, over the course of the month.
Growing Degree Days in February in Mallorca
Growing Degree Days in February in MallorcaFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282880°F80°F100°F100°F120°F120°F140°F140°F160°F160°F180°F180°F200°F200°F220°F220°F240°F240°F260°F260°FJanMarFeb 1102°FFeb 1102°FFeb 28195°FFeb 28195°FFeb 11134°FFeb 11134°F
The average growing degree days accumulated over the course of February, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
This section discusses the total daily incident shortwave solar energy reaching the surface of the ground over a wide area, taking full account of seasonal variations in the length of the day, the elevation of the Sun above the horizon, and absorption by clouds and other atmospheric constituents. Shortwave radiation includes visible light and ultraviolet radiation.
The average daily incident shortwave solar energy in Mallorca is increasing during February, rising by 1.1 kWh, from 2.9 kWh to 4.0 kWh, over the course of the month.
Average Daily Incident Shortwave Solar Energy in February in Mallorca
Average Daily Incident Shortwave Solar Energy in February in MallorcaFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 kWh0 kWh2 kWh2 kWh3 kWh3 kWh4 kWh4 kWh5 kWh5 kWh5 kWh5 kWh6 kWh6 kWh7 kWh7 kWhJanMarFeb 12.9 kWhFeb 12.9 kWhFeb 284.0 kWhFeb 284.0 kWhFeb 163.5 kWhFeb 163. 5 kWh
The average daily shortwave solar energy reaching the ground per square meter (orange line), with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
For the purposes of this report, the geographical coordinates of Mallorca are 39.608 deg latitude, 3.012 deg longitude, and 0 ft elevation.
The topography within 2 miles of Mallorca is essentially flat, with a maximum elevation change of 0 feet and an average elevation above sea level of 0 feet. Within 10 miles is also essentially flat (0 feet). Within 50 miles is also essentially flat (0 feet).
The area within 2 miles of Mallorca is covered by cropland (92%), within 10 miles by cropland (84%) and trees (12%), and within 50 miles by water (82%) and cropland (10%).
This report illustrates the typical weather in Mallorca, based on a statistical analysis of historical hourly weather reports and model reconstructions from January 1, 1980 to December 31, 2016.
The details of the data sources used for this report can be found on the Palma de Mallorca Airport page.
Disclaimer
The information on this site is provided as is, without any assurances as to its accuracy or suitability for any purpose. Weather data is prone to errors, outages, and other defects. We assume no responsibility for any decisions made on the basis of the content presented on this site.
We draw particular cautious attention to our reliance on the MERRA-2 model-based reconstructions for a number of important data series. While having the tremendous advantages of temporal and spatial completeness, these reconstructions: (1) are based on computer models that may have model-based errors, (2) are coarsely sampled on a 50 km grid and are therefore unable to reconstruct the local variations of many microclimates, and (3) have particular difficulty with the weather in some coastal areas, especially small islands.
We further caution that our travel scores are only as good as the data that underpin them, that weather conditions at any given location and time are unpredictable and variable, and that the definition of the scores reflects a particular set of preferences that may not agree with those of any particular reader.
Please review our full terms contained on our Terms of Service page.
February is a good time to visit Mallorca if you’re interested in exploring the island by car or on foot, but it’s probably not the best time if you want to swim and sunbathe on the beach.
You can expect cool weather and around six hours of sunshine daily with occasional rain showers.
How hot is it in Mallorca in February? Daytime temperatures reach an average high of 15°C (59°F) with a night-time low of 5°C (41°F).
How sunny is it in Mallorca in February? There are normally six hours of sunshine each day in Mallorca in February – that’s around 56% of daylight hours.
Does it rain in Mallorca in February? There are usually five days with some rain in Mallorca in February and the average monthly rainfall is 30mm.
How windy is it in Mallorca in February? February sees an average hourly windspeed of 20 kilometres per hour (10 knots).
How warm is the sea around Mallorca in February? The average sea temperature around Mallorca in February is 14°C (57°F).
Sunrise & sunset in Mallorca in February? Sunrise is around 7:40am with sunset around 6:20pm.
What to do in Mallorca in February? Although too cold for sunbathing and swimming, February is a good time for sightseeing and exploring on foot the atmospheric old streets of Palma as well as the island’s many ancient towns.
February is also the perfect time to drive out to the foothills of the Tramuntana Mountains to witness the emerging white almond blossoms.
Don’t miss the Carnival of Mallorca, celebrated with costume parades, music and local cuisine in the days before and after Ash Wednesday, which occurs 46 days before Easter.
Local holidays? February is low season in Mallorca with competitive hotel prices.
Mallorca weather in February
High Temp: 15°C (59°F)
Low Temp: 5°C (41°F)
Sunshine: 6 hours per day
11
Daylight: 11 hours per day
Windspeed: 20 km/h (10 knots)
Wet Days: 5 days with some rain
Rainfall: 30mm per month
Comfort Level: No heat & 79% humidity
3
UV Index: Low
Sea Temp: 14°C (57°F)
Palma de Mallorca, Spain
Mallorca is considered a year-round holiday destination; for the best weather visit Mallorca anytime between June and September.
› Mallorca Weather Overview
Note: Southeast regions of Mallorca are generally warmer and drier than north-west regions of the island. Mallorca’s mountain ranges bring regional climate variations, with cooler temperatures and higher rainfall than the coast.
Mallorca – Monthly Review
› January
› February
› March
› April
› May
› June
› July
› August
› September
› October
› November
› December
Note: Weather data is sourced from the Met Office UK (www.metoffice.gov.uk) and the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), with additional historical climate data sourced from Agencia Estatal de Meteorología (AEMET) – Spain’s meteorological agency.
More about Mallorca…
Things to do
Getting there
Getting around
The Balearic Islands…
Menorca
Ibiza
Formentera
Spain
Latest update: Mallorca Weather in February:
28 July, 2022
Advertising
0025 13
Humidity, %
67
68
73
70
Pressure, mm
753
753
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
3
4
5
precipitation, mm
0. 5
1.1
1.8
NOT FUUND
Whoops…something went wrong!
Sorry, we did not find the page you are looking for
Tours
Hotels
Railway tickets
Route
Countries and cities
From
Date there
Date back
From
Cities
Yachting
Expeditions
Dog sled tours
Snowmobile tours
Quad tours
Walking tours
Alloys
Bike tours
Climbing
Ski tours
Diving and snorkeling
Jeep tours
Surfing and SUP tours
Combined tours
Horse tours
Cruises
Excursion tours
Ski trips
Helicopter tours
Fishing tours
Fitness and yoga tours
Canyoning
Railway tours
Are you looking for one of the sections below?
Tours
Hotels
Railway Tickets
Routes
Attractions
We have made a selection of interesting articles for you!
Leave a review
12345
Thank you very much 🙂
Your feedback is very important to us and will be posted on the service as soon as possible.
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria February 2022 Historical Weather Data (Spain)
This report shows the past weather for Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, providing a weather history for February 2022. It features all historical weather data series we have available, including the Las Palmas de Gran Canaria temperature history for February 2022. You can drill down from year to month and even day level reports by clicking on the graphs.
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria Temperature History February 2022
Temperature history in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282855°F55°F60°F60°F65°F65°F70°F70°F75°F75°F80°F80°FJanMar
The daily range of reported temperatures (gray bars) and 24-hour highs (red ticks) and lows (blue ticks), placed over the daily average high (faint red line) and low (faint blue line) temperature, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
Hourly Temperature in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Hourly Temperature in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM3 AM3 AM6 AM6 AM9 AM9 AM12 PM12 PM3 PM3 PM6 PM6 PM9 PM9 PM12 AM12 AMJanMarcoolcomfortable
frigid 15°F freezing 32°F very cold 45°F cold 55°F cool 65°F comfortable 75°F warm 85°F hot 95°F sweltering
The hourly reported temperature, color coded into bands. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Compare Las Palmas de Gran Canaria to another city:
Map
Cloud Cover in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Cloud Cover in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM3 AM3 AM6 AM6 AM9 AM9 AM12 PM12 PM3 PM3 PM6 PM6 PM9 PM9 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar
no significant cloudno cloud detectedceiling and visibility ok
The hourly reported cloud coverage, categorized by the percentage of the sky covered by clouds.
Observed Weather in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Observed Weather in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM3 AM3 AM6 AM6 AM9 AM9 AM12 PM12 PM3 PM3 PM6 PM6 PM9 PM9 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar
The hourly observed weather, color coded by category (in order of severity). If multiple reports are present, the most severe code is shown.
Day
Observations
Precipitation
Codes
Tue, Feb 1
Light Rain
-RA
Wed, Feb 2
Rain, Recent Rain, Light Rain
RA, RERA, -RA
Tue, Feb 15
Light Rain, Light Drizzle
-RA, -DZ
Sat, Feb 19
Light Rain
-RA
Sun, Feb 20
Rain, Recent Rain, Light Rain
RA, RERA, -RA
Mon, Feb 21
Light Rain
-RA
Fri, Feb 25
Light Rain
-RA
Sat, Feb 26
Rain, Recent Rain, Light Rain
RA, RERA, -RA
Sun, Feb 27
Rain, Recent Rain, Light Rain
RA, RERA, -RA
Hours of Daylight and Twilight in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Hours of Daylight and Twilight in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria18152211223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 hr24 hr4 hr20 hr8 hr16 hr12 hr12 hr16 hr8 hr20 hr4 hr24 hr0 hrJanMarnightnightdaydayFeb 110 hr, 53 minFeb 110 hr, 53 minFeb 2811 hr, 34 minFeb 2811 hr, 34 minFeb 1111 hr, 7 minFeb 1111 hr, 7 min
The number of hours during which the Sun is visible (black line). From bottom (most yellow) to top (most gray), the color bands indicate: full daylight, twilight (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and full night.
Sunrise & Sunset with Twilight in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Sunrise & Sunset with Twilight in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria18152211223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728282 AM2 AM4 AM4 AM6 AM6 AM8 AM8 AM10 AM10 AM12 PM12 PM2 PM2 PM4 PM4 PM6 PM6 PM8 PM8 PM10 PM10 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar7:27 AM7:27 AMFeb 287:01 PMFeb 287:01 PM7:48 AM7:48 AMFeb 16:41 PMFeb 16:41 PM7:42 AM7:42 AMFeb 116:49 PMFeb 116:49 PM7:34 AM7:34 AMFeb 216:56 PMFeb 216:56 PM
The solar day over the course of February 2022. From bottom to top, the black lines are the previous solar midnight, sunrise, solar noon, sunset, and the next solar midnight. The day, twilights (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and night are indicated by the color bands from yellow to gray.
Solar Elevation and Azimuth in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Solar Elevation and Azimuth in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran CanariaFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM2 AM2 AM4 AM4 AM6 AM6 AM8 AM8 AM10 AM10 AM12 PM12 PM2 PM2 PM4 PM4 PM6 PM6 PM8 PM8 PM10 PM10 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar0010102020303040405000101020203030404050
northeastsouthwest
Solar elevation and azimuth over the course of February 2022. The black lines are lines of constant solar elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon, in degrees). The background color fills indicate the azimuth (the compass bearing) of the sun. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries of the cardinal compass points indicate the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
Moon Rise, Set & Phases in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Moon Rise, Set & Phases in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM4 AM4 AM8 AM8 AM12 PM12 PM4 PM4 PM8 PM8 PM12 AM12 AMJanMarFeb 15:47 AMFeb 15:47 AMFeb 164:57 PMFeb 164:57 PMMar 25:35 PMMar 25:35 PM8:14 AM8:14 AM7:08 PM7:08 PM6:50 PM6:50 PM8:22 AM8:22 AM7:31 AM7:31 AM6:59 PM6:59 PM
The time in which the moon is above the horizon (light blue area), with new moons (dark gray lines) and full moons (blue lines) indicated. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Feb 2022
Illumination
Moonrise
Moonset
Moonrise
Meridian Passing
Distance
1
0%
8:14 AM
ESE
7:08 PM
WSW
–
1:42 PM
S
227,575 mi
2
3%
8:59 AM
ESE
8:15 PM
WSW
–
2:37 PM
S
230,231 mi
3
8%
9:37 AM
ESE
9:18 PM
W
–
3:27 PM
S
233,547 mi
4
15%
10:11 AM
E
10:18 PM
W
–
4:14 PM
S
237,219 mi
5
23%
10:43 AM
E
11:15 PM
W
–
4:58 PM
S
240,925 mi
6
32%
11:13 AM
E
–
–
5:40 PM
S
244,365 mi
7
42%
–
12:11 AM
W
11:44 AM
ENE
6:23 PM
S
247,294 mi
8
50%
–
1:06 AM
WNW
12:17 PM
ENE
7:07 PM
S
249,530 mi
9
62%
–
2:01 AM
WNW
12:52 PM
ENE
7:52 PM
S
250,966 mi
10
71%
–
2:57 AM
WNW
1:31 PM
ENE
8:40 PM
S
251,569 mi
11
79%
–
3:52 AM
WNW
2:15 PM
ENE
9:29 PM
S
251,372 mi
12
87%
–
4:45 AM
WNW
3:04 PM
ENE
10:20 PM
S
250,467 mi
13
93%
–
5:36 AM
WNW
3:56 PM
ENE
11:11 PM
S
248,990 mi
14
95%
–
6:24 AM
WNW
4:53 PM
ENE
–
–
15
97%
–
7:07 AM
WNW
5:51 PM
ENE
12:02 AM
S
247,099 mi
16
100%
–
7:46 AM
WNW
6:50 PM
ENE
12:51 AM
S
244,959 mi
17
100%
–
8:22 AM
WNW
7:48 PM
ENE
1:38 AM
S
242,718 mi
18
98%
–
8:55 AM
W
8:47 PM
E
2:24 AM
S
240,496 mi
19
94%
–
9:27 AM
W
9:45 PM
E
3:08 AM
S
238,371 mi
20
87%
–
9:59 AM
W
10:45 PM
E
3:53 AM
S
236,388 mi
21
79%
–
10:32 AM
W
11:47 PM
ESE
4:39 AM
S
234,560 mi
22
69%
–
11:09 AM
WSW
–
5:28 AM
S
232,892 mi
23
50%
12:51 AM
ESE
11:50 AM
WSW
–
6:20 AM
S
231,402 mi
24
46%
1:58 AM
ESE
12:37 PM
WSW
–
7:17 AM
S
230,134 mi
25
34%
3:05 AM
ESE
1:31 PM
WSW
–
8:18 AM
S
229,166 mi
26
23%
4:10 AM
ESE
2:33 PM
WSW
–
9:22 AM
S
228,615 mi
27
14%
5:11 AM
ESE
3:39 PM
WSW
–
10:25 AM
S
228,606 mi
28
7%
6:04 AM
ESE
4:48 PM
WSW
–
11:26 AM
S
229,247 mi
Humidity Comfort Levels in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Humidity Comfort Levels in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM3 AM3 AM6 AM6 AM9 AM9 AM12 PM12 PM3 PM3 PM6 PM6 PM9 PM9 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar
The hourly reported humidity comfort level, categorized by dew point. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Wind Speed in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Wind Speed in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria18152211223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 mph0 mph20 mph20 mph30 mph30 mph40 mph40 mph50 mph50 mph50 mph50 mphJanMar
The daily range of reported wind speeds (gray bars), with maximum gust speeds (red ticks).
Hourly Wind Speed in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Hourly Wind Speed in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM3 AM3 AM6 AM6 AM9 AM9 AM12 PM12 PM3 PM3 PM6 PM6 PM9 PM9 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar
0 mph calm 1 mph light air 4 mph light breeze 8 mph gentle breeze 13 mph moderate breeze 18 mph fresh breeze 25 mph strong breeze 31 mph near gale 39 mph gale 47 mph strong gale 55 mph storm 64 mph violent storm 73 mph hurricane force
The hourly reported wind speed, color coded into bands according to the Beaufort scale. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Hourly Wind Direction in 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Hourly Wind Direction in 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM3 AM3 AM6 AM6 AM9 AM9 AM12 PM12 PM3 PM3 PM6 PM6 PM9 PM9 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar
calmnortheastsouthwest
The hourly reported wind direction, color coded by compass point. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Atmospheric Pressure in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Atmospheric Pressure in February 2022 in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria181522112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282829.9 inHg29.9 inHg30.0 inHg30.0 inHg30.1 inHg30.1 inHg30.2 inHg30.2 inHg30.3 inHg30.3 inHg30.4 inHg30.4 inHgJanMar
The daily range of atmospheric pressure (gray bars), as measured by the altimeter setting reported in e. g. a METAR report.
The details of the data sources used for this report can be found on the Gran Canaria Airport page.
See all nearby weather stations
Disclaimer
The information on this site is provided as is, without any assurances as to its accuracy or suitability for any purpose. Weather data is prone to errors, outages, and other defects. We assume no responsibility for any decisions made on the basis of the content presented on this site.
We draw particular cautious attention to our reliance on the MERRA-2 model-based reconstructions for a number of important data series. While having the tremendous advantages of temporal and spatial completeness, these reconstructions: (1) are based on computer models that may have model-based errors, (2) are coarsely sampled on a 50 km grid and are therefore unable to reconstruct the local variations of many microclimates, and (3) have particular difficulty with the weather in some coastal areas, especially small islands.
We further caution that our travel scores are only as good as the data that underpin them, that weather conditions at any given location and time are unpredictable and variable, and that the definition of the scores reflects a particular set of preferences that may not agree with those of any particular reader.
Please review our full terms contained on our Terms of Service page.
2022 Trail World Championships 80k Men’s Preview – iRunFar
After two pandemic postponements spanning two years, Chiang Mai, Thailand, will host the first-ever combined Trail World Championships and World Mountain Running Championships, now called the World Mountain and Trail Running Championships, from November 4 to 6, 2022, in a series of eight races under the combined auspices of World Athletics, the World Mountain Running Association, the International Trail Running Association, and the International Association of Ultrarunners.
While the vast majority of the field will be well qualified to tackle the distance and terrain in the mountains above Chiang Mai, this location will throw the combined challenge of heat and humidity at the runners. High temperatures come race day should be roughly 90 Fahrenheit (32 C) and, while northern Thailand has entered its dry season, the dew point is still around 70F (22 C), so it’ll likely feel more like 94 F (34 C) by midday. Any sections of the course with direct sunlight will feel all the more oppressive.
For iRunFar, the challenge is choosing which race to cover from the eight world championships races being run in the span of three days. The long story short is that our coverage is best suited for the longer trail races as opposed to the shorter mountain races. And with similar levels of competition in the simultaneously run 38-kilometer and 78k races, we’ll focus our in-depth coverage on the 78k race, which we’ll round to 80k for simplicity. Still, we hope to provide more limited coverage for some of the other races being run in Chiang Mai in the coming days.
As for the race, the 78k (48.5 miles) will see a massive 4,807 meters (15,771 feet) of climbing and an equal amount of descent starting in the outskirts of Chiang Mai before spending most of the race in Doi Suthep-Pui National Park.
As you might suspect, we’ll cover the race live starting at 6:30 a.m. local time on Saturday, November 5, which is 5:30 p.m. on Friday, November 4, in U.S. Mountain Time.
What follows is a look at the couple of men we’re most likely to see atop the individual podium, as well as what teams will be in positions to run for team podium finishes. Check out the full entrants’ lists for all eight races.
Don’t miss our in-depth Trail World Championships women’s preview as well.
A rather open stretch of forest in northern Thailand. Photo: iRunFar/Bryon Powell
Top Contenders for the Individual Men’s Win
While anything can happen on race day, four men stand out as top contenders to win this year’s individual 80k Trail World Championships based on both a look at their recent results and their International Trail Running Association (ITRA) rankings.
Adam Peterman
The U.S.’s Adam Peterman (pre-race interview) has started five ultramarathons and won all of them. That includes last year’s Speedgoat by UTMB 50k and JFK 50 Mile (in the historic race’s second fastest time ever) and this year’s Chuckanut 50k, Canyons by UTMB 100k, and Western States 100. Although not off the charts in terms of heat, Peterman’s run at the Western States 100 showed he can handle hot temperatures plenty well.
Tom Evans of Great Britain is no longer racing. [Updated 31 October] Since taking third at the 85k Trail World Championships at Penyagolosa Trails in 2018, Tom Evans of Great Britain has won the CCC in 2018, taken third at the 2019 Lake Sonoma 50 Mile and 2019 Western States 100, and finished third at this year’s UTMB. This year, Evans has also won shorter races at the Transgrancanaria Advanced 60k and Madeira Island Ultra-Trail 85k.
Hannes Namberger
Germany’s Hannes Namberger is no longer running. [Updated 29 October] has had a spectacular last two years. In 2021, he won the Lavaredo Ultra Trail by UTMB 120k and Madeira Island Ultra-Trail 115k along with taking sixth at UTMB. This year, he again won Lavaredo, this time after winning the Penyagolosa CSP 106k in April. Namberger’s lone blemish over the past two seasons was a DNF at this year’s UTMB.
Recency counts for something, and that factors favorably for France’s Thibaut Garrivier. Last year, he won the CCC, while this year he was fourth at the Trail du Ventoux 46k, second to Hannes Namberger at the Madeira Island Ultra-Trail 115k, and 10th at UTMB. Such success isn’t new for Garrivier, as he was third at the Transvulcania by UTMB 73k in 2018 followed by a win in 2019, along with a second at the CCC and third at The North Face 50 Mile Championships in 2019.
Three additional men — Italy’s Andreas Reiterer, France’s Nicholas Martin, and Switzerland’s Martin Anthamatten — rank above 900 in ITRA’s index, and we’ll cover them in the Expected Top Teams section below.
Expected Top Teams
Before jumping into the expected top teams, a quick word on how they’ll be ranked. It’ll be based on the cumulative time of each team’s top-three finishers with up to six runners competing per team. Aside from Hannes Namberger noted above, it’s likely that a significant percentage of the front of the men’s field will come from the top seven teams noted below.
As a refresher, the most recent Trail World Championships were a 44k race run in Portugal in June 2019, with France, Great Britain, and Spain finishing first through third, respectively, in the men’s team rankings. While we still await some of the Asian team lists, there appear to be seven top men’s teams that could figure high in the team results — France (15th), Italy (16th), Norway (22nd), Spain (23rd), Great Britain (24th), Switzerland (29th), and the USA (56th) – with the parenthetical number reflecting the team’s third runner’s seeding based on the ITRA ranking as provided by ITRA.
The men’s team podium at the 2019 Trail World Championships (l-to-r): 2. Great Britain, 1. France, and 3. Spain. Photo: iRunFar/Meghan Hicks
Team France
Team France are the men’s reigning team world champions and it would be safe to say they’re the favorites once again this year. Not only is France full of top trail ultrarunners, but many of its top runners are also drawn to compete in their national blue jerseys while, perhaps not coincidentally, France’s federation routinely provides arguably the best support of any national team at the Trail World Championships. For instance, this year the French trail team had training camps in both June and October.
Thiabaut Garrivier
As noted above, Thibaut Garrivier should provide strength up front for the French squad with Ludovic Pommeret and Nicolas Martin backing him up with tons of experience.
It’s official, after his sixth place at the Western States 100 and win at TDS this year and fourth at UTMB last year, nominally 47-year-old Ludovic Pommeret (pre-race interview) is ageless. In addition to his 2016 win at UTMB, Ludo has run on the French national team at the Trail World Championships at least five times, taking fifth in 2015, fifth in 2016, sixth in 2017, fifth in 2018, and seventh in 2019. As for dealing with heat, Ludo tied for the win at the Diagonale des Fous in 2021 and placed second three times (2009, 2014, and 2019).
If I’m counting correctly, Nicolas Martin has run in five Trail World Championships with a ninth in 2013, seventh in 2015, second in 2016, 19th in 2017, and fifth in 2019. Over the past few years, Martin has taken fourth at last year’s Grand Trail des Templiers 80k and sixth at OCC as well as fifth at the Trail du Ventoux 46k this year in March.
If that’s not enough talent on the French team, there’s up-and-comer Arthur Joyeux-Bouillon who was third at last year’s TDS before taking seventh at UTMB this year. On the other hand, he’s twice attempted Diagonale des Fous, taking 24th last year after DNFing in 2019. And the French team talent keeps rolling with Martin Kern, who won the Marathon du Mont-Blanc 90k last year and was fourth at this year’s TDS.
In 2019, Kern was 12th at UTMB before placing fifth in the heat at Diagonale des Fous. Besides Joyeux-Bouillon, Paul Mathou offers another bit of youth to Team France but with plenty of experience, if mostly at shorter distances. His best races might be a fourth at OCC in 2019 and a fifth at the same race this year. Mathou ran CCC last year, taking 25th.
Team Italy
Italy’s Andreas Reiterer (pre-race interview) is the real deal, even if he’s a bit hit or miss. On the upside, he’s finished third at the CCC, fifth at the Madeira Island Ultra-Trail 115k this year, and fourth at CCC last year. Riccardo Montani was 14th at the 2019 OCC, seventh at the 2021 CCC, and won the Swissalpine 68k in 2020. Riccardo Borgialli was 23rd at this year’s CCC after taking 12th last year. Last year, Borgialli won the Ultra Trail Lago d’Orta 100k in Italy. Yet another Italian with a top-20 run at last year’s CCC is Francesco Cucco, who was 14th. Last year, Cucco was also fourth at the Transgrancanaria 129k, while he was fifth at the Marathon du Mont-Blanc 90k in 2019.
Of races that we routinely reference, Davide Cheraz was fifth at the 2020 Trail du Ventoux 46k, 25th at the 2019 Pikes Peak Marathon, and 51st at the 2019 Trail World Championships 44k. Matteo Anselmi has won plenty of races in Italy over the past two years, the most notable of which might be at the Lavaredo UltraDolomites 80k, part of the Lavaredo Ultra Trail by UTMB event. Italy does benefit from being one of only two top men’s teams with a full complement of six men entered in the race.
Team Norway
Fielding five of six possible entrants, the Norwegian team could be sneaky good. Norway’s Erik-Sebastian Krogvig had a breakout season in 2021 when he took third at the Lavaredo Ultra Trail by UTMB 120k and won TDS, although, to be fair, he also took third at Lavaredo in 2017. Krogvig placed 41st at the 85k Trail World Championships at Penyagolosa Trails in 2018.
Didrik Hermansen
The Norwegian men’s runner with the most international racing experience is Didrik Hermansen, who was a fixture on the now-defunct Ultra-Trail World Tour for a number of years with wins at Lavaredo Ultra Trail by UTMB 120k (2015) and the Transgrancanaria 129k (2016) as well as a second at the Western States 100 (2016). Hermansen was seventh at this year’s Transgrancanaria 129k and second to countryman Tobias Dahl Fenre (see below) at the Nice Côte d’Azur by UTMB 108k.
So far this year, Tom Erik Halvorsen has racked up a couple of wins in Norway, but, more relevantly, he was fifth at the Penyagolosa CSP 107k last year while placing 14th at the Trail World Championships when they were run on an 85k course at Penyagolosa Trails in 2018. I’m seeing Tobias Dahl Fenre’s lone international race finishes both coming this year with an 11th at the CCC followed by a win at the Nice Côte d’Azur by UTMB 108k a month later. He also had a DNF back in June at the Mozart by UTMB 105k. Anders Kjærevik sure has raced a ton in 2022 with results including a third at Penyagolosa MiM 60k, a 17th at both the Zegama Marathon and CCC, and 64th at Sierre-Zinal.
Team Great Britain
Although Tom Evans, previewed above, is the headliner on the Great Britain team, he has some good company.
Ryan Smith
Harry Jones has strong international experience including a 15th at UTMB and seventh at the Lavaredo Ultra Trail by UTMB 120k in 2019 and a fourth at the Transgrancanaria 129k in 2020. George Foster has seen recent success across various settings, winning the Lakeland Trails 100k last year, taking second at the Matterhorn Ultraks 32k in 2020, and finishing second behind teammate Harry Jones at the Mozart by UTMB 75k this year along with a 12th at the Grand Trail des Templiers 80k a year ago.
U. S. resident Ryan Smith rounds out the four-man Great Britain team with his extensive resume. Over just the past few years, he’s won the 2019 Leadville 100 Mile and been third at the 2021 Hardrock 100. Back in 2018, Smith took 16th at the 85k Trail World Championships in Penyagolosa, Spain.
Team Spain
Spain brought a full, star-studded team to recent Trail World Championships, but, this year, it registered only four runners with less star power than we’re used to for this squad. The most notable absence is multiple-time trail world champion Luis Alberto Hernando.
The clear leader of the Spanish team is Aritz Egea, who’s been trail racing around the world for the past decade. Long a stud at roughly marathon and shorter races, particularly on the Skyrunner World Series and Golden Trail World Series circuits, he’s started moving up in distance in recent years, taking 10th at the Ultra Pirineu 100k last year and ninth at the CCC this year. As I’ll soon mention, this year’s Penyagolosa MiM 60k race for some of the other Spanish runners, I’ll point out that Egea was second there.
Jose Fernandez was fifth at this year’s Penyagolosa MiM 60k after taking second at the race last year. Among Marcos Ramos’s top finishes of late are a 10th at the 2020 Transgrancanaria 129k, a fifth at least year’s TDS, and a ninth at the 2022 European Athletics Off-Road Championships 47k. Ramos was also second at this year’s Spanish Trail National Championships 39k race. Borja Fernandez finished one place behind teammate Marcos Ramos at the Spanish Trail National Championships in April, while taking fourth at the Penyagolosa MiM 60k race a few weeks later. Fernandez was 145th at the Trail World Championships 44k in Portugal in 2019.
Team USA
With David Sinclair recently coming off the entrants’ list, the U.S. team is down to four men registered to run. That means for the Americans to place well as a team, they’ll need two of Eric LiPuma, Jeff Colt, and Adam Merry to step up alongside Team USA’s headliner Adam Peterman, who is previewed above.
Eric LiPuma has raced numerous U.S. national championships and at least the IAU 100k World Championships this year. He’s also had one of his better stretches of ultrarunning over the past year, highlighted by placing a close second to David Sinclair at the Broken Arrow Skyrace 52k in June and a third place at the JFK 50 Mile in 5:39 last November. Like teammate Eric LiPuma, Jeff Coltis currently seeing one of the best stretches of his ultra career, winning the IMTUF 100 Mile in September 2021, taking third at the Black Canyon 100k in February 2022, and finishing 11th at the Western States 100 this past June. Adam Merry rounds out the team having recently taken seventh at the Way Too Cool 50k in March and third at the Gorge Waterfalls 50k in April.
Team Switzerland
Switzerland has only three men entered in the race. Martin Anthamatten is top-ranked with strong finishes in various races at the Matterhorn Ultraks through the years, including a second at the 23k Extreme race last year. It’s worth noting that Martin is also entered in the simultaneous marathon-length race and we don’t know which event he’s actually planning to race. Ramon Manetsch won last year’s Trail Verbier St Bernard by UTMB 76k and was 11th at the European Athletics Off-Road Championships 47k in July. After taking second to teammate Ramon Manetsch at the Trail Verbier St Bernard by UTMB 76k last year, Martin Lustenberger won it this year.
Other Top Men
Here are some other top men running the 78k race at this year’s Trail World Championships, with a focus on taking a look at runners from around the world.
Miguel Arsénio (Portugal) – 2nd 2022 Lavaredo Cortina Trail 48k; 5th 2021 Portuguese Trail National Championships 35k
Ho Chung Wong (Hong Kong) – 33rd 2022 & 11th 2021 UTMB; 4th 2020 Vibram Hong Kong 100k
Call for Comments
Which runners and teams do you think we’ll see on the podium of this year’s Trail World Championships 78k race?
Any teams or runners who you think might surprise the world?
A very happy Tom Erik Halvorsen of Norway after finishing the 2018 Trail World Championships. Photo: iRunFar/Bryon Powell
Tagged: Adam Merry, Adam Peterman, Andreas Reiterer, Arthur Joyeux-Bouillon, Benedikt Hoffmann, Borja Fernandez, Bruno Sousa, Davide Cheraz, Eric LiPuma, Erik-Sebastian Krogvig, Francesco Cucco, George Foster, Harry Jones, Ho Chung Wong, Hugo Gonçalves, Jantaraboon Kiangchaipaiphana, Jeff Colt, Kamil Lesniak, Ludovic Pommeret, Marcos Ramos, Martin Anthamatten, Martin Kern, Paul Mathou, Peter Frano, Ramon Manetsch, Raul Butaci, Ryan Smith, Thorbergur Jonsson, Tom Erik Halvorsen, Tom Evans, Trail World Championships, Weston Hill
Las Palmas de Gran Canaria weather for June 2022. [Anomalous] Weather in June 2022
← for May 2022, 2022 2022
06/01/2022
+20 °С
+22 °С
Cloudy
4 m/s
761 mm r.s.
74%
06/02/2022
+20°С
+22°С
Cloudy
6 m/s
761 mm r.s.
72%
06/03/2022
+19 °С
+21 °С
Partly cloudy
7 m/s
761 mm
68%
06/04/2022
+20°C
+21°C
Partly cloudy
8 m/s
762 mm
68%
06/05/2022
+20 °С
+22 °С
Clear
8 m/s
764 mm
67%
06/06/2022
+19 °С
+23 °С
Cloudy
8 m/s
762 mm r. s.
61%
06/07/2022
+19 °С
+26 °С
Clear
8 m/s
761 mm r.s.
50%
06/08/2022
+20°C
+24°C
Clear
8 m/s
761 mm
72%
09.06.2022
+20 °С
+24 °С
Cloudy
8 m/s
761 mm r.s.
70%
10.06.2022
+20°С
+23°С
Cloudy
9 m/s
761 mm r.s.
74%
11.06.2022
+20°С
+23°С
Cloudy
9 m/s
760 mm r.s.
78%
06/12/2022
+21°С
+23°С
Cloudy
7 m/s
761 mm
75%
13.06.2022
+21°С
+24°С
Cloudy
7 m/s
760 mm r.s.
74%
14.06.2022
+20°С
+22°С
Cloudy
7 m/s
760 mm r.s.
68%
15.06.2022
+20°С
+23°С
Cloudy
7 m/s
761 mm r. s.
67%
06/16/2022
+20 °С
+22 °С
Clear
8 m/s
761 mm r.s.
71%
17.06.2022
+20°С
+22°С
Cloudy
8 m/s
761 mm r.s.
73%
18.06.2022
+20°С
+23°С
Cloudy
9 m/s
761 mm r.s.
67%
06/19/2022
+20 °С
+24 °С
Clear
7 m/s
759 mm
73%
20.06.2022
+21°С
+22°С
Cloudy
7 m/s
760 mm r.s.
77%
21.06.2022
+20°C
+23°C
Partly cloudy
7 m/s
761 mm
80%
22.06.2022
+20°С
+21°С
Cloudy
6 m/s
761 mm r.s.
69%
23.06.2022
+20°С
+22°С
Cloudy
7 m/s
762 mm r.s.
66%
24.06.2022
+20°C
+24°C
Partly cloudy
8 m/s
763 mm
57%
25. 06.2022
+20°С
+24°С
Cloudy
9 m/s
761 mm r.s.
61%
06/26/2022
+20°С
+22°С
Cloudy
9 m/s
761 mm r.s.
66%
27.06.2022
+21°С
+22°С
Overcast
8 m/s
764 mm r.s.
67%
06/28/2022
+19 °С
+22 °С
Partly cloudy
10 m/s
764 mm
71%
06/29/2022
+19 °С
+22 °С
Clear
9 m/s
763 mm r.s.
68%
06/30/2022
+20 °С
+22 °С
Clear
8 m/s
761 mm r.s.
71%
01.07.2022
02.07.2022
03.07.2022
Tokaev received from Zelensky to the back – Free Press
President of Kazakhstan Kasim -Zhomart Tokaev fell into the base of the Ukrainian site “Mirutnyorets” * . It is reported that he got there for the words said several years ago to the German media that the authorities of the republic “do not call what happened in Crimea an annexation. ” He also then pointed to trusting relations with Russia and noted the belief in “the wisdom and decency of the Russian leadership.”
For this, the “Peacemaker” admins accused the Kazakh president of “publicly denying Russian aggression against Ukraine”, as well as “denying Russia’s attack on Ukraine and seizing its territories.”
I wonder why they waited so long – three whole years? Or is it a settling of accounts by Kyiv for some recent act of Tokayev? Aren’t they afraid to set the Kazakh authorities against themselves? After all, the republic has not yet recognized as part of Russia either Crimea, or the LPR and DPR, or the Zaporozhye and Kherson regions. In addition, it recently became known that the authorities forbade their citizens, under any pretext, to participate in a Russian special operation.
— In 2014-2015, the Peacemaker website in the Donbass republics was considered something like an honor roll, albeit a very peculiar one, — tells historian, publicist, permanent expert of the Izborsk Club Alexander Dmitrievsky.
Read also
Battle for the Kherson region: Kyiv threw tanks and infantry battalions on the offensive against the Russian landing forceThe Pentagon ordered Zelensky to take a bridgehead on the southern flank at any cost his services to the Russian movement and the struggle for the Russian cause, even though this recognition was made by enemies. I remember how we sported badges with the inscription “I’m on the Peacemaker!” – it was in our eyes higher than any orders: if the enemy considers you dangerous, then you are the right person.
But over time, the Peacemaker website turned into an information dump. They began to bring in not only those who really annoyed the Bandera people, such as, for example, your humble servant, but also those with whom someone in Kyiv simply had personal scores: for example, even one of the brothers Klitschko got to the “Peacemaker” . Now its holders behave like brethren in the golden age of duels: they looked wrong, sneezed in the wrong place, got up on the wrong foot. Adding Tokaev to the “hit lists” of this site will most likely remain without consequences. How, for example, the listing of a number of anti-fascist citizens living in the territories controlled by Kyiv remained without consequences: for some reason, the SBU did not consider it necessary to prosecute the aforementioned defendants of this site.
— The “Peacemaker” website, created in 2014 on the initiative of the adviser to the head of the Ministry of Internal Affairs Anton Gerashchenko , was conceived as an important propaganda weapon: keep records of the enemies of the statehood, show their personal data, threaten with inevitable punishment, – notes the editor of APN North-West” Andrey Dmitriev .
– According to the creators, this was supposed to demoralize them and, on the contrary, motivate Ukrainians to give a decisive rebuff to the “Russians”. However, something went wrong. At first, hitting the “Peacemaker” caused pride among the militias, bloggers, and politicians. Then, in addition to convinced Russian imperialists (like me, for example, they brought in back in 2015), the content began to be filled with people who, say, urged to think about a peaceful solution to the Crimean issue with Russia, or simply visited the peninsula. A lot of Western politicians and public figures ended up there for real or imaginary sympathy for the Kremlin.
Finally, at the final stage, the site became a tool for settling scores in intra-Ukrainian affairs, and representatives of the local elite, including quite Svidomo ones, were added to proscription lists. So, there at different times were the chairman of the Munich International Security Conference Ischinger Wolfgang , the liberal blogger Ksenia Sobchak , the President of Croatia Zoran Milovanovic , the former Prime Minister of Ukraine Yulia Tymoshenko and even the Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of Ukraine . Thus, “Peacemaker” does not cause anything but irony on both sides of the front line today.
Here are the lists replenished by the President of Kazakhstan, Kassym-Jomart Tokayev, who in 2019 refused to call the annexation of Crimea to the Russian Federation an annexation.
We are probably dealing with intra-Ukrainian clashes. President Vladimir Zelensky fired the ambassador to Kazakhstan Petr Vrublevsky the day before, who called for “killing more Russians.” And then he receives such an answer from those who control the “Peacemaker”. But in general, this is good: let the Ukrainian leaders beat each other with guns of different calibers, including information ones, while simultaneously spoiling relations with the whole world.
See also
23 “Tito’s bunker”, in Bosnia, training of mobilized in Russia, hot fashion in Gran Canaria, situation in the NVO zone: Photo of the dayThe whole world over the past day: The brightest and most emotional shots
– Although Tokayev and did not recognize Crimea, for all that, quite in the spirit of the statement “the East is a delicate matter”, did not support the position of Ukraine either, notes Doctor of Philosophy, Head. Department of Sociology and Management, BSTU named after V.G. Shukhov Mikhail Ignatov .
– Did not express an unambiguous position. This time. Also, Tokayev did not reduce communication with Russia, but on the contrary, after the events of early 2022, he only increased it.
“SP”: – By the way, the words for which Tokaev was allegedly brought to the website were said by him in 2019. Why are they just now waking up?
– We woke up when we finally saw the unequivocal position of Kazakhstan. I think this is also partly due to the change of the head of the diplomatic mission of Ukraine in Kazakhstan, whose statements against the Russians were condemned in the territory of his presence.
“SP”: – In your opinion, on what grounds do they bring people there? This is especially the case with those who are not going to Ukraine anyway in the foreseeable future…
— Yes, everything is obvious. This list exists for two reasons. The first is the intimidation of the elites of certain countries by including a representative there. The second reason is to designate those against them. For me personally, being included in this list would be a reward!
Read more0003
“SP”: Is the inclusion of heads of state on the list not a reason for international proceedings? Where is the UN? Or will they wait for Biden to be brought there after another refusal to fight with Russia for Ukraine?
– It is obvious that the UN, controlled by the United States, will not interfere in this situation. But as? If the United States has, in fact, given birth to this “Peacemaker”. Even the name is in the spirit of classic American patriotism, so that no one has any doubts.
As for the leaders of the countries included in this list, this is such bullying, harassment. The United States behaves in this case like a simple school bully. “Everyone who is not with me always and in everything, those are against me!” as if they are saying that.
February Weather in Puerto Rico, Gran Canaria – 2023 – Winter Sun Expert
Located on the south-west coast of the Spanish island of Gran Canaria, Puerto Rico is a small holiday resort that attracts tourists and snowbirds from different parts of the world, all year round. Puerto Rico has a beautiful sandy beach and two small harbors.
Inland, there are many shops and restaurants in the area that many consider to be top class. Most of these shops and restaurants can be found in small shopping centers. One of the popular shopping centers, the Pasarela, is the closest to the beach. The main shopping centers, as well as other exclusive stores, are in the center of the town.
Puerto Rico is not bare of some Spanish flavor. Spanish is spoken widely, alongside English. From the restaurants, music, art, and craft, you are sure to find some Spanish culture in the area. Snowbirds can enjoy swimming, golfing, dolphin-watching cruises, boat trips, sailing, fishing, and a couple of other activities.
Weather February 2023 in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria:
Generally, February in Puerto Rico will be really nice, with an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. But due to the moderate humidity it can feel slightly uncomfortable for some. You can expect around 2 rainy days, with on average 0.3 inches / 8 mm of rain during the month of February.
Bengt Nyman – CC BY 2.0
Contents
1 February weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria
2 February weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in more detail
2.1 – What will the temperature be in Puerto Rico in February
2.2 – Can you expect rain in February in Puerto Rico?
2.3 – What will the water temperature be in Puerto Rico for February
2.4 – Can you expect in February a lot of sunny days in Puerto Rico
2.5 – Will it be comfortable in February in Puerto Rico?
3 What to do in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February
4 Is it humid in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February?
5 Is February a good time to go to Puerto Rico Gran Canaria?
6 Does it rain all day in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February?
7 Is February the rainiest month in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria?
8 Is February the most sunniest month in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria?
9 Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in other months
February weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria
To get a good overview of the type of weather you can expect in February in Puerto Rico, we will look at the day and night temperature, minimum and maximum water temperature, and if February is comfortable or humid
Generally, February in Puerto Rico will be really nice. Historical data shows that you can expect an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. But due to the moderate humidity it can feel slightly uncomfortable for some. During the night, it will cool down to around 55°F / 13°C. Many will prefer a location with air conditioning due to the high humidity level.
Puerto Rico does not have a lot of rainy days in February. You can expect around 2 rainy days, with on average 0.3 inches / 8 mm of rain during the whole month.
The forecast for February 2023 is based on historical data and are averages. They will give a good indication what you can expect, but the daily temperature and rain will fluctuate during the month.
February weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in more detail
To get a better feeling for the type of weather, you can expect in February in Puerto Rico, we will look at the temperature, rain, wind, humidity, water temperature, and sun and clouds
– What will the temperature be in Puerto Rico in February
Generally, you can expect in February an average temperature of 71°F / 22°C during the day and an average of 55°F / 13°C during the night. In February, during the warmest part of the afternoon, the temperature can often get as high as 80°F / 27°C, and at the end of the night, it can get as low as 50°F / 10°C.
When looking at the whole year, January and February are the coldest months, with an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. August and September are the hottest months, with an average temperature of around 84°F / 29°C. When comparing February with the temperature in the month before and after, this is equal to January, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. And almost equal to March, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 73°F / 23°C.
Day and night temperature variation for Puerto Rico during the year.Day and night temperature variation for Puerto Rico during the year.
But average temperatures only tell half of the story. It is also good to check the maximum and minimum temperatures. When looking at the whole year, August is the hottest month, with a temperature of around 93°F / 34°C. January and December are the coldest months, with a temperature of around 78°F / 26°C. When comparing February with the temperature in the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 78°F / 26°C. And almost equal to March, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 84°F / 29°C.
In the following graph, you can see how many cold and hot days you can expect in Puerto Rico each month:
Day and night temperature variation for Puerto Rico during the year.Day and night temperature variation for Puerto Rico during the year.
– Can you expect rain in February in Puerto Rico?
Generally, you can expect about 2 rain days in February, with on average 0.3 inches / 8 mm of rain.
When looking at the whole year, May and July are the driest months, with an average rainfall of around 0 inches / 0 mm. December is the wettest month, with an average rainfall of around 0.4 inches / 9 mmmm. When comparing February with the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees around 0. 2 inches / 6 mm of rain. And slightly more than March, which sees around 0.2 inches / 5 mm of rain
Rain days for Puerto Rico during the year.Rain days for Puerto Rico during the year.
If we look at the number of days with rain, July is the month with the least amount of rain days with an average of between 0 and 1 days. December is the month with the most rain days with an average of between 2 and 3 days. When comparing February with the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees around 2 days of rain. And almost equal to March, which sees an average of between 1 and 2 days of rain
– What will the water temperature be in Puerto Rico for February
You can expect in February, the water temperature for Puerto Rico to be between 69°F / 21°C and 64°F / 18°C.
To compare the water temperature we will use the maximum water temperature. You can expect this temperature on a more sunny day, close to the shore, when the wind does not mix the relatively warmer and colder water.
September has the highest water temperature, with around 77°F / 25°C. March has the lowest water temperature, with an average of between 68°F / 20°C and 69°F / 21°C. When comparing the water temperature from February with the month before and after, February has a water temperature almost equal to January, with a water temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. And almost equal to the water temperature from March, that is an average of between 68°F / 20°C and 69°F / 21°C.
Water temperature for Puerto Rico during the year.Water temperature for Puerto Rico during the year.
– Can you expect in February a lot of sunny days in Puerto Rico
Generally, you can expect around 9 sunny days in February and around 17 partly sunny days. The remaining days will be cloudy.
When looking at the whole year, December is the month with the highest number of sunny days, with an average of between 11 and 12 sunny days. August is the month with the lowest number of sunny days, with around 1 sunny day. When comparing February with the number of sunny days in the month before and after, it is almost equal to January, with an average of between 10 and 11 sunny days. And almost equal to March, with around 7 sunny days
The number of sunny, partly sunny, and cloudy days for Puerto RicoThe number of sunny, partly sunny, and cloudy days for Puerto Rico
We have looked at the sunny days in Puerto Rico. Let’s also look at the cloudy or overcast days. January is the month with the highest number of cloudy days, with an average of between 4 and 5 cloudy days. July is the month with the lowest number of cloudy days, with around 1 cloudy day. When comparing February with the number of cloudy days in the month before and after, it is almost equal to January, with an average of between 4 and 5 cloudy days. And almost equal to March, with an average of between 2 and 3 cloudy days
– Will it be comfortable in February in Puerto Rico?
Generally, February in Puerto Rico will be moderately humid, and can feel slightly uncomfortable for some.
We use the humidity and temperature in Puerto Rico to calculate the Wintersun Expert Comfort level for each month. The lower the Wintersun Expert Comfort level, the more comfortable it will be. Only for certain people, extremely dry air can feel slightly uncomfortable.
When looking at the whole year, January has the lowest humidity, with a Wintersun Expert comfort level of “slightly uncomfortable” (moderately humid). July has the highest humidity, with a Wintersun Expert comfort level of “very uncomfortable” (very high humidity). When comparing February with the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which has a Wintersun Comfort level of “slightly uncomfortable” (moderately humid). And almost equal to March, which has a Wintersun Comfort level of “slightly uncomfortable” (moderately humid)
Wintersun Expert Humidity / Comfort level for Puerto RicoWintersun Expert Humidity / Comfort level for Puerto Rico
What to do in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February
The Europa Center: the Europa Center, also known as the Europa Centre Puerto Rico, is a great hub of top quality restaurants, entertaining bars, and other sorts of activities for snowbirds. It is one of the top spots in Puerto Rico.
The Pasarela center: This is a great mall located close to the beach. It has some splendid stores that snowbirds can visit to make essential purchases, and also get a thing or two to take back home with them.
Playa de Puerto Rico: this is a busy sandy beachside that is surrounded by multiple lodging & dining spots. It’s a great place to meet and socialize with other tourists, get a suntan, or just lay back with your feet in the sand and watch a beautiful sunset.
Angry Birds Activity Park: for snowbirds traveling with younger children, this is a great location. There are lots of activities here like ziplining. It is a great way to allow children to have some fun while on holiday. Food, like burgers, pizza, and ice cream is also available here.
Is it humid in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February?
A lot of people ask interested in the humidity or relative humidity for Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February. But the real question they want to ask is not about humidity but the amount of moisture in the air. Or better, about comfort. Will it be comfortable in February in Puerto Rico, or will high humidity make it uncomfortable.
To answer this question, we have to look at the dew point. Relative humidity can change a lot in Puerto Rico during the day and night, as it changes when the amount of moisture changes and, but also when the temperature changes. It is a lot less reliable for comfort. Where the dew point only varies with the amount of moisture in the air.
Looking at the dew point, we can see that for the month of February, you can expect that Puerto Rico will be moderately humid, and can feel slightly uncomfortable for some.
January is the month with the most comfort. It will be moderately humid, and can feel slightly uncomfortable for some. July is the most uncomfortable month. It will be extremely humid, and can feel extremely uncomfortable. In the graph, you can see that there is not a lot of difference between the most comfortable and most uncomfortable months.
Humidity level for Puerto RicoHumidity level for Puerto Rico
Is February a good time to go to Puerto Rico Gran Canaria?
Trying to answer the question of whether February is a good time to go to Puerto Rico is not as easy as it first seems. Some people like colder weather, and others prefer a warmer climate. Some are fine with some humidity, and others are not. If your location has air conditioning, the night temperature is less important.
These are some examples. I will try to answer the question with a more generic person in mind. The more detailed information in this article should be enough to check further if this applies to you as well.
If we look at the average temperature for Puerto Rico in February, we can see that it will be fine for most people. In February, you can expect it to be really nice, with an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. But due to the moderate humidity it can feel slightly uncomfortable for some. During the night, it will be around 55°F / 13°C.
As the number of overcast days is not high, you can enjoy the sun with around 9 sunny days and 17 partly sunny days.
The last aspect we will look at is rain. You can expect around 2 rainy days, with on average 0.3 inches / 8 mm of rain during February. If it were more than five days, the location would be slightly less attractive for a shorter stay.
We have looked at the average day temperature, the night temperature, humidity, the number of overcast days, and the rain. We think that February in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria is not the most optimal destination. But that doesn’t mean it is not a good time for you to go. As said before, each visitor has their own preferences when it comes to the weather.
Does it rain all day in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in February?
In Puerto Rico, it does not rain all day in February. You can expect around 2 rainy days, with on average 0.3 inches / 8 mm of rain during the month.
Another way of looking at the rain is the number of sunny days. For Puerto Rico Gran Canaria, there are, on average 9 sunny days and 17 partly sunny days in February. That clearly shows that it is not raining all the time.
Is February the rainiest month in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria?
February is not the month with the most rainy days, and not the month with the most rain.
To answer what the rainiest month is in Puerto Rico, we will both look at the month with the most rain, and the month with the highest number of rainy days.
December is the month with the the highest number of rainiest days. On average, you can expect 3 days with rain. July is the month with the lowest number of rainy days, with aproximately 0 days.
December is the month with the most rain. This is not equal as the one with the most rainy days. On average, you can expect 0.4 inches / 9 mm of rain. July is the month with the least amount of rain. This is not the same month as the one with the lowest number of rainy days. You can expect approximately 0 inches / 0 mm of rain.
Is February the most sunniest month in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria?
February is not the month with the most sunny days, not the month with the most partly sunny days, and it is not the month with the lowest number of overcast days.
To answer what the sunniest month is in Puerto Rico, we will of course look at the month with the most sunniest days, but also look at the month with the biggest number of days that are sunny or partly sunny.
December is the month with the highest number of sunny days. On average, you can expect 9 sunny days, and 17 partly suny days. August is the month with the lowest number of sunny days.
July is the month with the highest number of sunny days and partly sunny days combined. While February is the month with the lowest number of sunny days and partly sunny days combined.
The last thing we will look at is the number of overcast days. July is the month with the lowest number of overcast days. While January is the month with the highest number of overcast days.
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria in other months
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for January
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for March
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for April
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for May
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for June
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for July
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for August
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for September
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for October
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for November
Weather in Puerto Rico Gran Canaria for December
Click here for more information about the destination “Puerto Rico”
Things To Do in Gran Canaria in February 2023
Are you wondering what to do in Gran Canaria in February? The island’s mild climate means that, even in the supposedly coldest months of the year, you’ll be able to enjoy the sun on a spectacular beach, prepare the most romantic plans for Valentine’s Day or enjoy the island’s festival par excellence: Carnival.
February is the shortest month of the year, but that doesn’t mean that it’s the month with the fewest plans of the year. In fact, February in Gran Canaria is one of the most special months.
The festival of festivals: Carnival in Gran Canaria
Murgas, mogollones, spectacular galas, streets full of people in costume and parades bring the island to life, through a festive, joyful and safe atmosphere.
The most eagerly awaited events and highlights of the carnivals, especially in Las Palmas and Maspalomas, are the Queen’s Gala, the Drag Queen Gala, the Cavalcade and the Burial of the Sardine.
Enjoy Valentine’s Day with an enviable temperature
Gran Canaria is the perfect destination for all those couples who want to celebrate a different kind of Valentine’s Day. Have a February full of romantic plans in charming places, volcanic coves, endless paradisaical beaches and landscapes of wild nature.
The island offers many opportunities to make this day unforgettable. Eating in a Michelin-starred restaurant, stargazing from the summit, visiting a wine cellar or watching the sun set over the Maspalomas Dunes.
Admire the almond blossom at the summit
The beautiful white and pink blossoms of the almond trees at the top of the island are an incomparable spectacle. It’s ideal to visit on foot or by bicycle, but also on tourist trails, family routes and even gastronomic routes.
You can enjoy this unique plant festival while observing the scenery in the middle of the Tejeda mountains. In addition, the fiestas in honour of the almond tree offer good local wine, almond sweets and a lot of Canarian folklore.
Enjoy the best classical music of the moment
Between the 12 January and 16 February 2022, the 38th International Music Festival of the Canary Islands will be held, with up to 56 concerts throughout the Canary Islands. Including Gran Canaria, of course.
Great international soloists, large symphony orchestras, world-renowned conductors and chamber ensembles and concerts of the Festival En Paralelo, with other musical styles and contemporary dance, will surprise you for the best.
Holidayworld Maspalomas, where it’s all happening in February
But if there’s something better than all of the above, and even more diverse, you have to go to the south of Gran Canaria, to the biggest entertainment and leisure centre in the whole of the Canary Islands: Holidayworld Maspalomas.
Only here you can ride the best rides, go bowling in a professional bowling alley, sing out loud in a magnificent karaoke, solve the mysteries of an escape room, taste the flavours of the world in a gastronomic market…
It’s, in short, the core of leisure and entertainment on the island. A place full of magic where both children and adults will have a great time. There’s no better plan to do in Gran Canaria in February than to visit Holidayworld Maspalomas.
Sea water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in February
Is it warm enough to swim in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in February? The highest sea water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in February was 20.5°C, and the lowest was 17.4°C. The average sea temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria in February is 18.8°C and therefore not suitable for comfortable swimming. To find out the sea water temperature today and in the coming days, go to the Water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria today
To get an accurate forecast for the water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria for any chosen month, compare two years within a 10 year range using the chart below. You can also view the data in the form of a graph of temperature changes in February. In addition to the sea water temperature in Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, for the selected years, the table also shows the maximum and minimum temperatures for each day in February.
Water temperature
Sea state
Weather forecast
Select two years to compare:
Year 1: 2007200820092010201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212022 Year 2: 2007200820092010201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212022
The average water temperature in Palmas Chanarius in February
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
18.8°C
18.6°C
17.9°C
19.4°C
18.7°C
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
18. 1 ° C
18,7 other months:
You can also see information about the water temperature and for other months by clicking on the month of the month below
January
February
March
April
June June June June June June
June June June
June Jun
September
October
November
December
Where is the warmest sea in February?
Would you like to know where the water temperature is suitable for swimming in February? Select the continent you are interested in, the day of the month and the desired water temperature
Region: Australia & OceaniaAsiaAfricaMiddle EastEuropeNorth AmericaCentral America & CaribbeanSouth America
Date (day and month): 12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031
JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberNovemberDecember
Water temperature: >=16°C>=17°C>=18°C>=19°C>=20°C>=21°C>=22°C>=23°C>=24° C>=25°C>=26°C>=27°C
Medium temperature
Maximum temperature
Temperature in neighboring cities
Nearest cities with average water temperature in February.
La Palma is a winter-sun destination, and so you’ll find February is pleasantly warm, although the mountainous interior will much cooler. The sea is warmer than you might expect for February and is comfortable for swimming. We’ve looked at the most up-to-date weather data for La Palma, covering the last 12 years up to 2022, plus we’ve asked our team of travel bloggers for their first-hand experiences in order to answer the most frequently asked questions about La Palma weather in February.
What’s the temperature like in La Palma during February?
February is typically the coolest month in La Palma. The temperature reaches around 15℃ during the daytime, falling away to 12℃ at night. The UV index will be moderate at this time of year, so not something to worry about for the average person. However, if you’re going to be outside for long periods it’s worth wearing a broad spectrum SPF 30+ sunscreen and UV-blocking sunglasses. Remember that bright surfaces, such as water and sand increase UV exposure.
Does it rain in La Palma during February?
On average, there will be 5 rainy days during the month, amounting to 7.0mm in total. That’s almost nothing at all, therefore rain isn’t something we think you need to consider. There’s a small chance that you’ll catch a thunderstorm during your trip.
How warm is the sea in La Palma during February?
The water around La Palma is around 19℃ during February. It will feel a little on the cool when first entering, but you’ll warm up quickly. Most kids will have no problem with this temperature, but those who feel the cold are unlikely to want to swim.
Package holidays during February
Use our live search to find the perfect La Palma package holiday in February
10 February 2023 | 7 nights | 2 people
Departure
10 February 2023
I’m flexible
Nights
1234567891011121314
Board
All-inclusiveFull-boardHalf-boardBreakfastSelf cateringRoom only
Star rating
Airport
London LutonLondon StanstedLondon CityLondon HeathrowSouthendLondon Gatwick
Aberdeen DyceBelfast InternationalBirmingham InternationalBristolCardiff InternationalEast MidlandsEdinburghExeter InternationalGeorge Best Belfast CityGlasgow InternationalGlasgow PrestwickHumbersideLeeds BradfordLiverpool John LennonManchesterNewcastleRobin Hood Doncaster SheffieldSouthampton
Plummeting temperatures do little to help the onset of post-holiday blues, so what does that mean for travellers? A hot, long-haul trip to distant shores where the sun is shining, festivals are in full swing and prices are cheaper than January. If you embrace the cold and can’t wait to get the snow gear out, you’ll also find an abundance of powder in some of the world’s top ski resorts. Get ready to drag out the festive season just that little bit longer, with top holiday places to visit…
The Canarian potatoes recipe: How to make Papas Arrugadas
Papas arrugadas. They may look as though they’re just potatoes with more wrinkles than Mick Jagger and a crusting of salt on the top but…No, hang on, it’s true. The recipe boils down (ho-ho!) to potatoes and, er, salt. Some daring souls throw in a splash of lemon juice but I suspect that’s because they feel embarrassed to list a “recipe” with only two ingredients….
Weather in La Palma
Our month-by-month guide to the weather and climate in La Palma
La Palma weather in
January
La Palma weather in
February
La Palma weather in
March
La Palma weather in
April
La Palma weather in
May
La Palma weather in
June
La Palma weather in
July
La Palma weather in
August
La Palma weather in
September
La Palma weather in
October
La Palma weather in
November
La Palma weather in
December
La Palma weather and climate ☀️ Water temperature 💧 Best time to visit
La Palma is a paradise for the outdoors. With excellent opportunities for hiking, diving, paragliding and cycling. Wherever you are on the island, there is always an organisation nearby for a great activity.
It is one of the greenest Canary Islands, where you can still enjoy unspoiled nature. From the green forests in the north to the desert landscapes in the south and the serene pine forests in Parque Nacional de la Caldera de Taburiente. If you’ve seen all of this, you’ll understand why the entire island has been declared a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve.
Best time to visit La Palma
The best time to visit La Palma, Spain is January through December. In this period you have a pleasant temperature and almost no precipitation. On the island of La Palma, the warmest month is August with 75°F and the coldest is February with 65°F. The maximum water temperature is 76°F and the lowest water temperature is 67°F.
Offers for La Palma
Booking.com
h20 Hotels
In the table below you can quickly find the monthly average weather in La Palma, the monthly temperature or when it rains the most. Monthly averages are based on weather data from the last 30 years.
Weather data from: Santa Cruz de la Palma
Travel and stay La Palma
If you are planning on visiting La Palma, check out these well-known travel agencies. They have been rated as the best by travelers and offer great prices for any budget.
Booking.com
h20 Hotels
Airline tickets
Looking to book a flight to La Palma? Hop on one of these airlines.
Skyscanner
TAP Air Portugal
KLM
La Palma weather
The weather for La Palma over the next 14 days will be 72°F till 75° with a couple of days chance of light rain showers. The water temperature will be 73°F.
The weather forecast for La Palma is based on the weather in Santa Cruz de la Palma.
5-day weather forecast La Palma
View the 14 day weather forecast for La Palma
Climate La Palma
The island La Palma has a tropical savanna climate. It is warm every month with both a wet and dry season. The average annual temperature for La Palma is 41° degrees and there is about 35 inch of rain in a year. It is dry for 223 days a year with an average humidity of 76% and an UV-index of 6.
La Palma
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Day temp. (°F)
67
65
66
67
68
71
73
75
75
74
71
69
Night temp. (°F)
65
64
64
65
67
69
72
73
74
73
70
67
Water temp. (°F)
69
67
68
70
72
73
73
76
76
76
74
72
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (inch)
2
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
7
11
4
Days with rain
5
5
7
4
2
1
1
1
2
8
8
6
Dry days
26
23
24
26
29
29
30
30
28
23
22
25
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Sun hours per day
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
9
9
9
Wind force (Bft)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
4
4
UV-index
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
Weather data from: Santa Cruz de la Palma
La Palma weather by month
What is the average La Palma weather like in a given month? Let’s find out! Click on a month to check all the monthly averages for sunshine, temperature highs and lows, percentage chance of rain per day, snowfall accumulation and number of rainy days.
January
66°FView more
February
66°FView more
March
66°FView more
April
66°FView more
May
68°FView more
June
70°FView more
July
73°FView more
August
75°FView more
September
75°FView more
October
75°FView more
November
72°FView more
December
70°FView more
La Palma weather experiences
Have you been to La Palma?
Leave your La Palma weather experience for a chance to win $150!
When were you here?
JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember
How was the weather?
ExcellentGoodModeratePoor
Describe your experience with the weather:
What is your name?
What is your email?
Your email will not appear with the review and will not be passed on to third parties.
By submitting the data you agree to our privacy policy
Frequently asked questions
Where is La Palma?
La Palma is an island belonging to Spain. It lies in a straight line 3,240 miles from New York. La Palma is part of the Canary Islands.
The coordinates of La Palma are:
Latitude: 28.6535944
Longitude: -17.8633104
The GPS coordinates are 28° 39′ N, 17° 51′ W
How long is the flight to La Palma?
The flight time from Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) to La Palma is approximately 12 h. 40 min.
Airline tickets
Skyscanner
TAP Air Portugal
KLM
How many inhabitants does La Palma have?
La Palma has 81,486 inhabitants.
How big is La Palma?
The surface area of La Palma is 453 mi². It is 538x smaller than United States.
What is the currency of La Palma?
On La Palma, the Euro (EUR) is used for payment.
Exchange rates on 8 October 2022
1 US dollar = 0.84 Euro
1 Euro = 1.19 US dollar
100 US dollar = 84.21 Euro
100 Euro = 118.75 US dollar
What is the area code of La Palma?
The area code to call La Palma is +34.
Seen a mistake?
Email us. We are grateful to you.
La Palma (Canary Islands) ocean water temperature today
This data the coastal La Palma ocean water temperature today, tomorrow and the upcoming days. Besides, you can also get information about the weather and surf forecast, as well as the data on sunrise / sunset and moonrise / moonset at a given point on any given day.
Water temperature in La Palma today is 23.7°C. Based on our historical data over a period of ten years, the warmest water in this day in La Palma was recorded in 2015 and was 25.3°C, and the coldest was recorded in 2008 at 23.3°C. Sea water temperature in La Palma is expected to rise to 23.9°C in the next 10 days. October average water temperature in La Palma is 23.9°C, the minimum temperature is 22.4°C, and the maximum is 25.4°C.
The swimming season in La Palma lasts from April to February. During those months, La Palma water temperature does not drop below 20°C and therefore suitable for comfortable swimming. The average water temperature in La Palma in winter reaches 20.3°C, in spring 19.9°C, in summer the average temperature rises to 22.5°C, and in autumn it is 23.6°C.
La Palma water temperature now
Sea temperature
Tides
Sunrise and Sunset
7 October 2022
today temp
23.7°C
6 October 2022
yesterday temp
23.9°C
Surf Forecast in La Palma for today
Another important indicators for a comfortable holiday on the beach are the presence and height of the waves, as well as the speed and direction of the wind. Please find below data on the swell size for La Palma. We calculate the swell size based on the mean wave height (trough to crest) of each third highest wave. For more information on surf forecasts for the next ten days, please visit sea state forecast La Palma. Data in table shown for 8 October 2022, time in GMT 0 format (you can change the time zone on the sea state forecast page)
0-3 h
3-6 h
6-9 h
9-12 h
2′ 9″
2′ 11″
3′ 0″
3′ 2″
0.85 m
0.89 m
0.92 m
0.96 m
12-15 h
15-18 h
18-21 h
21-24 h
3′ 3″
3′ 5″
3′ 6″
3′ 7″
0.99 m
1.03 m
1.06 m
1.09 m
Current temperature and weather
Data in a table show La Palma temperature today (8 October 2022). For more information and forecast for a few days, go to the weather forecast La Palma
0-3 h
3-6 h
6-9 h
9-12 h
20.9°C
21.1°C
20.7°C
21.2°C
12-15 h
15-18 h
18-21 h
21-24 h
21. 5°C
21.9°C
21.7°C
21.5°C
La Palma water temperature by month
These figures shows the average, minimum and maximum monthly sea temperature in La Palma. In addition to the table values, the graph below displays of changes average surface temperature during the year. Values are calculated based on the data over the past 10 years. Using them, you can check the water temperature in La Palma on any day of this period that interests you. Click on the month link and you will see a table for each day, or alternatively you can view the temperature curve of the month and select 2 different years you want to compare, either in a table or as a curve
Month
Avr
Min
Max
January
20.2°C
18.7°C
21.4°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in January
February
19.5°C
18.2°C
20. 7°C
cold
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in February
March
19.4°C
18.1°C
20.9°C
cold
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in March
April
19.8°C
18.4°C
21.2°C
cold
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in April
May
20.6°C
19°C
22°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in May
June
21.7°C
19.9°C
23.9°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in June
July
22.5°C
21°C
24.1°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in July
August
23.3°C
22.1°C
24.9°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in August
September
24. 2°C
22.8°C
26.3°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in September
October
23.9°C
22.4°C
25.4°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in October
November
22.7°C
20.8°C
24.7°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in November
December
21.2°C
19.3°C
22.8°C
warm
Ocean water temperature in La Palma in December
Where is the warmest sea water in the world?
Planning a vacation on the beach and want to enjoy the warm sea, choose the day of the year, region and the minimum comfortable sea/ocean temperature that interests you. As a result, you will get a list of countries and cities in which the average sea temperature on this day over the past 10 years exceeds your chosen value
Region: AfricaAsiaAustralia and OceaniaCentral America and the CaribbeanEuropeMiddle EastNorth AmericaSouth America
Date (day and month): 12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031
JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember
Water temperature: >=16°C>=17°C>=18°C>=19°C>=20°C>=21°C>=22°C>=23°C>=24°C>=25°C>=26°C>=27°C
Average temperature
Maximum temperature
What is the ideal temperature for swimming?
Nearby beaches and cities
The nearest beaches and cities from La Palma with the water temperature today, as well as the air temperature and the state of the weather during the day and the average wave height for today
Water
Weather
Wave
Tazacorte
23. 7°C
22°C
0.97 m
Puerto de Naos
23.7°C
22°C
0.97 m
La Bombilla
23.7°C
22°C
0.97 m
El Remo
23.7°C
22°C
1.1 m
El Fuerte
23.4°C
22°C
1.4 m
Los Cancajos
23.4°C
22°C
1.4 m
Charco Azul
23.6°C
22°C
1.58 m
La Fajana
23.6°C
22°C
1.53 m
Alojera
23.7°C
22°C
1.61 m
Agulo
23.6°C
22°C
1.41 m
Spain photo gallery
If you have interesting photos of this place, you can upload them here. Photos will be available to all users after verification by the moderator.
Other names for La Palma
San Miguel de La Palma
Vote for Canary Islands best beach
Current rating: (0 votes cast)
If you know this place (La Palma) and want to leave your comment or rate it, then fill out the following form. All fields are optional and you can fill in any
Your rating for this place:12345 Best season:Summer beachFall beachWinter beachSpring beach Your comments for this place (water quality, сrowds, facilities, activities, lifeguards, service etc.):
this place has the “Blue Flag” this place is subject to rip currents Beach type: sandy or pebbly
Get widget or API for your website
Our report for La Palma is compiled using satellite data together with in-situ observations to get the most reliable daily data of sea surface temperatures, surf forecasts, current temperatures and weather forecasts.
What is the weather like in the Balearic Islands? – Wiki Reviews
. Islands enjoy the Mediterranean climate. Summer il y fact is hot and dry (average 25°C), while winters remain mild (average 12°C). The temperature is already rising from April and or is often still very good in October.
Gold What is the current weather in the Balearic Islands? Forecast for your city. Palm (Illes Balears)
Wed 17
SB 20
00–06 h 13 ° C
11/16
13/20
Temperature Minimum (° C)
12 /18
13 / 20
What is the most beautiful part of the Balearic Islands?
Fornalutx, Mallorca
In tough competition with Soller for the title plus bo village in Spain, Fornalutx is a quiet village located in the hills of Mallorca. On its steep streets, be sure to bring clean hiking boots with you.
What is the warmest winter in the Canary Islands?
. winters à Lanzarote mild and hot as in all Canary Islands . If you dream of a sunny Christmas, Lanzarote might be a good choice. Vs’ is Author beekeeper full on island , but it can still be beautiful and hot !
What is the best island in the Balearic Islands?
Menorca, Balearic Islands most reliable? Of the 3 largest Balearic Islands, Menorca remains the most authentic by far. Menorca, classified by UNESCO as a Biosphere Reserve in 1993, is a preferred destination for nature lovers.
What is the weather like in the Balearic Islands in November?
The month November for Palma de Mallorca is most often characterized by pace sunny and sometimes showers. … This month November , the minimum temperature is on average 17 ° C and the maximum is 19 ° C.
Which side to choose in Mallorca?
If you want a holiday at the water’s edge of a seaside resort, aim for côte must stay in Mallorca . This is the part of the island where you will find most of the sandy beaches, but they are also very popular …
Where to go for a walk in Mallorca?
The most beautiful hiking spots Mallorca
1 Torrent de Pareis slope. …
2 Bays of Cape Formentor. …
3 At the heights of Cape Pinar. …
4 Stormy coast of Llevant. …
5 Stroll along the steep bank of Cala Mesquida. …
6 Walk on the coast in Cap de Ses Salines.
Where to go in Palma de Mallorca?
Here is where to go in Mallorca to find it all.
Port of Pollença.
Port of Alcudia.
Cala Millor and the beaches of the east coast.
Cap de Formentor.
Northwest coast.
Go hiking.
For snorkelling.
For kayaking.
What is the hottest island in the Canaries?
Summer heat peaks are 33/34 ° C in El Hierro, the most island in the west and under a canopy, 37/38 ° C in La Palma and 40 ° C and plus in other Islands : these values can occur in short periods when wind hot and dry blows from the Sahara desert (which in recent years are …
What is the hottest Canary Island in January?
Gran Canaria in Janvier
The average temperatures of are between 17°C and 21°C, but be aware that depending on the year they can drop as low as 12°C and rise as high as 28°C.
What is the hottest Canary Island in November?
La Palma in November
The average temperatures of are between 20°C and 24°C, but keep in mind that depending on the year they can drop to 14°C and rise to 31°C.
Which Balearic Island to visit?
According to many Spaniards, Menorca is the island the most authentic of the BALEARES . Its landscape and beaches are also wilder than in Mallorca. This is another world full of kalas or small bays, with sun and crystal clear turquoise water. Real paradise!
Which Balearic island with your family?
Ibiza, party girl to be rediscovered
L ‘ island is much more than just a mecca for nightlife and as such it welcomes a wide variety of visitors. At Family , explore the old town in the capital of the same name (spelled “Eivissa”) on the south coast.
What are the three Balearic Islands?
In the name of Pythius we designate three islands from Ivici, Formentera and Conejera. »In the modern sense of Balearic Islands there are therefore two groups of Islands : the eastern quarter, mainly Mallorca and Menorca, as well as the island of Cabrera; and the western block, mainly with Ibiza and Formentera.
How is the weather in the Balearic Islands in December?
TO BALEARES , weather forecast for the month December a bit cool. The average temperature is from 9 to 16 degrees. The water temperature in the month December is 15° degrees. … Precipitation is quite high in December .
How is the weather in the Balearic Islands in February?
C temperature which vary from 13° to 15° (average temperature in February to the islands BALEARES is 14 °), the climate is rather cool. Of course, the rainfall for the month February à BALEARES is only 47 mm in 9 days, but the pace of is not suitable for swimming.
Where to go in November to warm up?
Where to go in the sun in November ?
Mexico. The biggest beaches in Mexico are waiting for you on vacation at sun in November is absolutely unforgettable. …
Seychelles. It’s time to get your swimsuit out of the closet. …
Mauritius. …
Brazil. …
Laos. …
Cuba. …
Meeting. …
Vietnam.
Where to go to Majorca together?
Places to visit in Mallorca for couples
Rialto Living in Palma.
San Telmo, in Andratx.
Vineyard Route Mallorca .
Drach Caves, Arta Caves, Campanet Caves and more.
What is the most beautiful bay in Mallorca?
1 – CALA AGULLA
North is islands, Cala Agulla is for me one of more beautiful beaches Mallorca ! Because this bay has an insane charm with its pink sand and the pine forest that surrounds it! The beach stretches over plus 500 meters, which makes it easier to populate plus than in some backwaters overcrowded.
Where are the best beaches in Mallorca?
Around Cala Ratjada false Quelques Beaches from plus nice Mallorca , in particular Cala Mesquida, Cala Mithana and Cala Macoc: white sand and turquoise waters are yours against the backdrop of pine forests and dunes.
Where to spend the night in Mallorca?
Nightlife in Mallorca
Paseo Maritimo area in Palma. One of the trendiest places to walk is Paseo Maritimo, located in the beautiful capital of the island, Palma. …
Palm. …
Magaluf. …
Alcudia. …
C’an Pastilla.
Where to see the sunset in Mallorca?
Where to see the sunset in Mallorca ?
Sa Foradada.
La Torre de ses Animes (Del Verger)
Saint Elm.
Port of Andratx:
Sa Calobra.
Cap Formentor: 2 unique sites.
Thalaya from Albercutx.
Where to see the sunset in Mallorca?
BETTER SLEEP Sun DE Mallorca
PUERTO DE ANDRATX. This picturesque place, located just 10 km from Cala Fornels, is a combination of sea and mountains. …
An excellent option for spending a pleasant holiday in Spain in the winter, with significant savings in money, are tours to Spain in February. Winter tours to Spain are perfect for tourists who prefer to visit interesting places calmly without too much fuss, taste traditional Spanish cuisine, arrange profitable shopping during the winter sale. Positive emotions and good mood in February will be added by the Spanish carnival. The most solemn Carnival is celebrated in Santa Cruz de Tenerife and Cadiz. The weather in Spain will also pleasantly surprise you, because in the southern regions of Spain in February it is warm and sunny, as, in fact, at other times of the year.
The Mediterranean resorts of the Costa del Sol, the southern autonomous region of Andalusia, traditionally delight with hospitality in winter. Tours to Spain in February on the Costa del Sol can be varied: sightseeing, skiing, family, wine, gastronomic, combined with a beach holiday. The daily temperature in February rises to a comfortable 20ºC. It is worth considering that all resort hotels in Spain provide seasonal discounts, so the cost of winter tour programs is cheaper than similar ones in the summer. The saved money for organizing winter tours to Spain in February can be safely spent on exciting leisure activities, excursions to the cities of Andalusia or outdoor activities.
When planning tours to Spain in February, many travelers wonder not only about the cost of tourist services, but also about the weather. In different regions of Spain, the weather in February is significantly different. In the north of Spain, the last month of winter usually brings rain and snowfall with daytime temperatures up to 10ºC and cool nights down to 0ºC. The central regions of Spain in February are also characterized by a large amount of precipitation, the air temperature here is about the same as in the north. This temperature regime is especially good for ski tours to Spain or sightseeing tours to Spain in February.
Beach lovers in winter should pay attention to the Mediterranean resorts of the Costa del Sol or the Canary Islands. Beach tours to Spain in February in the Canary Islands are not much different from similar ones at other times of the year, because there is always wonderful warm weather with an average air temperature of 22ºC and a water temperature of about 20ºC. Tours to Spain in February at the Atlantic resorts of the Canary Islands complement the amazing landscape of the islands of the Canary archipelago with mountains and volcanoes, sand dunes and many historical sights.
When organizing tours to Spain in February, the mild subtropical climate of the south of Spain, the resort coast of the Costa del Sol, is chosen by those tourists who are attracted not by the exhausting summer heat, but by the light freshness and warm rays of the gentle winter sun of Andalusia. In February, the temperature regime in the resorts of the Costa del Sol is more reminiscent of European autumn with temperatures up to 20°C. The water temperature in the coastal area is 15°C-17°C. Since there is a minimum amount of precipitation in February, many tourists coming to Andalusia prefer combined tours to Spain, combining a beach holiday on the Costa del Sol with excursions to the ancient cities of Andalusia. Those who wish can get a full consultation from the SMtour operator when ordering a multi-day holiday tour in Spain in February.
February in northern Spain can be compared to Russian autumn. Low temperatures, frequent precipitation in the form of rain or sleet. The lowest temperatures are observed in the high mountain ski resorts. In the capital region of Spain, the autonomy of Madrid, it is also rainy in February. During the day, the thermometer reaches 15ºC, which is comfortable for walking around the city, at night it is still cool to 5ºC. It is the winter months that are perfect for organizing sightseeing tours to Spain in February.
February weather in Valencia and Catalonia is rather changeable. Rains and sleet are replaced by the sun, which is not very warm, the air temperature during the day reaches 15ºC, at night it is cool up to 5ºC. In such weather, beach tours are out of the question, but it’s time for excursion programs: it’s not hot, not crowded, not expensive.
Winter family tours to Spain in February
Despite the fact that many children’s entertainment centers, such as water parks, are closed in winter, many tourists organize family tours to Spain in February. As a rule, the rest is calm and secluded. It should be borne in mind that for about two weeks in February, the famous Spanish carnival takes place with costumed performances, dances, performances, which will be interesting to see for any tourist, even the youngest. Children involved in festive events will not only see colorful processions, but will also receive gifts.
Family tours to Spain in February can be diversified with excursions for children. In any Spanish city you can find interesting corners for independent walks with children. An ordinary walk along the narrow medieval streets of Spanish cities, a trip to a souvenir shop will perfectly dilute your time with children in Spain. Zoos are open all year round. One of these is the Selvo Aventura Zoo in Estepona, where, in addition to exotic animals, various birds live in conditions that are as close to real as possible. When organizing a winter holiday in the south of Spain, consult the operator of the SMtour company about the availability of a children’s program.
One of the most popular types of leisure among tourists who choose family tours to Spain in February is a holiday in the ski resorts of Spain. While parents are skiing and snowboarding on snow-covered mountain slopes, children can spend time in local gardens, children’s centers or on children’s slides. On one of the days of the tour to Spain, the whole family can visit the nearest mountainous provincial village, get acquainted with the traditions and originality of the life of the Spanish people.
Excursion tours to Spain in February
Excursion tours to Spain, this is one of the most popular and exciting forms of winter recreation in Spain, which has gained popularity due to the rich history of the country. A mixture of cultures and religions, numerous architectural monuments included in the UNESCO list of sites, as well as museums with a unique historical exposition and collections of works by famous masters of painting, attract millions of tourists every year. To get acquainted with the history and interesting places of Spain, it does not matter what time of the year is outside the window, which is why sightseeing tours to Spain in February are in particular demand.
Sightseeing tours to Spain in February are convenient for various reasons. It is worth noting that the issue of low prices is not even the most important here. In many regions of Spain, hot weather sets in during the summer months; walking along the old narrow winding streets of ancient cities is rather uncomfortable. In winter, the weather, on the contrary, favors walks in cities, trips to regions and their attractions. No matter Madrid, Barcelona, Valencia or Andalusia, the cities of Spain will meet tourists at the highest level, and all excursions will be calm and without too much fuss.
Choosing sightseeing tours to Spain in February in the autonomous region of Andalusia, travelers can safely combine excursions with a beach holiday. The Mediterranean resorts of the Costa del Sol have a developed infrastructure, comfortable beaches and a wide variety of resort activities for tourists of all ages. If the water in the sea seems cool, then heated pools at hotels or beach clubs can be considered as an alternative.
Excursion tours to Spain in February can be planned in advance, having well thought out a multi-day program. While there are few visitors on the streets of Spain, you can safely go to Madrid, visit its famous Prado Museum with unique paintings and sculptures, wander around the Royal Palace of Madrid. In Barcelona, take unique pictures against the backdrop of the sights of the Gothic quarter or admire the famous Sagrada Familia. In winter, without too much fuss and at a convenient time, you can visit the Alhambra in Granada, walk along the Plaza de España in Seville, and visit other interesting places in Andalusia.
In case of bad weather, sightseeing tours to Spain in February can be diversified with gastronomic excursions by planning visits to the best restaurants in Madrid, Valencia, Barcelona. In the city of wine and horses, Jerez de la Frontera, book a tour of the wine bodegas with a tasting of sherry.
Ski tours to Spain in February
Ski tours to Spain in February are in great demand among tourists from all over the world. Ski lovers have long appreciated the convenience of infrastructure and the level of comfort of Spanish ski resorts, the number of which in Spain is already more than 30. The Sierra Nevada, Cantabrian Cordillera, Pyrenees and Iberian mountains have many ski slopes that are suitable for both beginners and professionals skiing.
Ski tours to Spain in February are one of the most popular winter holiday programs in Spain. A developed infrastructure with hotels of different price categories, a high level of infrastructure, the availability of slopes of varying difficulty, as well as many opportunities for educational tourism, are offered by the Sierra Nevada ski resort, from where it is convenient and quick to get to Granada. The Formigal resort can offer athletes not only skiing, but also relaxation in spa centers or tasting the best varieties of Spanish wines in local wineries.
Beach tours to Spain in February
Travelers who want to change the snowy frosty Russian weather to sunny, soak up the warm rays of the southern sun and organize beach tours to Spain in February can safely go to the south of Spain, the resort coast of Costa del Sol or the Canary Islands. The best of the resorts in Spain and Andalusia is Marbella, located on the Costa del Sol. The fashionable resort of Marbella with excellent beach infrastructure and a rich history is protected from cold air currents by the high Sierra Blanca mountain range. The number of sunny days a year on the Costa del Sol is never less than 320, which allows you to organize beach tours to Spain in Marbella almost all year round.
The south of Spain is no less attractive in winter than in summer. When choosing beach tours to Spain in February, you should pay attention to cities such as Malaga, the capital of the resort coast of the Costa del Sol, as well as the port city of Cadiz, the main city of the Costa de La Luz. Even if the weather suddenly turns bad or the water on the coast seems cool, you can always visit many interesting places here, and good transport infrastructure will easily make it possible to organize trips to the neighboring cities of Andalusia with a long history. Assistance in organizing recreation on the resort coast of the Costa del Sol will be provided by the travel company SMtour.
Organize your own tours to Spain in February
Tourists who wish to independently organize tours to Spain in February are advised to use specialized Internet resources for booking accommodation, buying air tickets, and obtaining insurance. Using these services will not only save time, but also significantly reduce the cost of organizing a winter holiday in Spain in February.
To confirm a booking or consult on the preparation of an excursion program, order a transfer, you must contact the online operator of the SMtour company. After reading the step-by-step instructions, proceed to use online resources for self-organizing a tour in Spain, adjust the prices yourself.
Tour name*
Participants*
Children 4-12 years old (if any)
The start date of the tour*
The end date of the tour*
Turning* Kostal 1* Hotel 2 *hotel 3*hotel 4*hotel 5*camping apartmentvilla
Name*
Phone*
Electr. mail*
Additions
Allow the processing of personal data
Weather on La Palma in February 2022-2021 🌊 and water temperature at “365 Celsius”
According to our rating system, which is confirmed by the reviews of tourists who have visited Spain, the weather is not very good on La Palma in February, this month’s rating is 3.7 out of five.
Temperature on La Palma in February
Average temperature during the day:
+17.8°C
Average temperature at night:
+16. 6°C
Sea water temperature:
+19.5°C
Number of sunny days:
15 days
Rainy days: Rainfall:
0 days 9.0 mm
Monthly weather comparison on La Palma Water temperature in Spain in February
Should I go on holiday in February?
3
.
7
The climate is unfavorable, there are few tourists. According to our data, the weather on La Palma in February and the water temperature is not very good. At this time, the cold sea with an average temperature of +19.5°C. There is practically no rain, about 0 days per month, 9.0 mm of precipitation falls. Sunny weather lasts at least 15 days. According to the reviews of tourists who have visited Spain, it is worth going on vacation to La Palma in February.
Please note:
Weather on La Palma in January:
rating 3.7 (out of 5),
air +19.2°C , sea: +20.1°C,
rain 2 days
Weather on La Palma in March:
rating 3.7 (out of 5),
air +19.5°C , sea: +18.8°C,
rain 0 days
Details
for 3 days
for the week
for 10 days
for 14 days
for the month
for the weekend
water for 14 days
for 5 days
for 7 days
2 weeks
today
tomorrow
water now
by month
seasons
La Palma weather comparison by months 9°C What is the weather forecast for La Palma at the end of February and the beginning of the month indicated on the chart, in Spain almost everywhere the situation is similar.
Water temperature in La Palma in February
Weather forecast and sea water temperature on La Palma in February ranges from +18.9°C to +20.0°C. At its lows, it can be considered not comfortable for swimming adults and children. In the previous month, the sea is warmer by about 0.6°C. The next month the water is 0.7°C colder. In February, according to tourists on La Palma, the climate is not very suitable for recreation, also due to the uncomfortable temperature of the water in the sea almost anywhere in Spain.
Rating, rainy days and precipitation in February and other months.
The rating in a period of five months fluctuates from 3.7 to 4.3 points. The number of rainy days in February is 0, and it ranks 1st for this indicator for the year. Precipitation is 9.0 mm, which is the 9th place among all months. At the same time, in the previous period, 8. 9 mm more rains, in the next month, 7.3 mm more. The weather on La Palma in February in the first and second half of the month is shown in the summary table for 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 years.
Wind speed
The average speed in February is 6.4 m/s with maximum wind gusts up to 8.7 m/s.
Weather in Arona in February. Average sea water temperature and air temperature. Detailed data for 2021-2022.
Weather in AronaFebruary
Average temperature during the day:
19.1°C
Average temperature at night:
13.1°C
Sea water temperature:
19.3°C
Number of sunny days:
21 days
Day length:
9.1 – 11.6 hours
Number of rainy days:
1 day
Rainfall:
26.7 mm
Above are the average weather data for Arona in February. You can find information about air temperature, water temperature, precipitation, cloudiness and daylight hours, which were calculated based on observations over the past three years.
weather now
Arona
Sea water temperature
Arona
Monthly weather in Arona
January
April
July
October
February
May
May
August
November
March
June
September
December
Air temperature in February, °C
The highest daily temperature in February 2022 was 22 °С. While the minimum temperature at night dropped to 8 °C. The average day and night temperatures during February are 19.0 °C and 12.8 °C, respectively.
Water temperature in Arona in February, °C
The average sea temperature in Arona in February 2022 was 19.6°C . While the minimum and maximum sea water temperatures reached 19.
What’s the weather like in Costa Adeje in February
February sees the winter months continue in Costa Adeje. However, thanks to the Mediterranean climate influenced by the warm Sahara winds that blow across the island, the area remains warm and pleasant throughout the year. Indeed, sunshine is guaranteed all year round in Costa Adeje.
Even in the winter months, Costa Adeje can see temperatures as high as 20ºC, with around six hours of sunshine a day, making it an attractive option for holiday makers who want to enjoy winter sun on their February holiday.
Costa Adeje Hotels for February
Hotel La Pinta
If you’re looking for accommodation in Costa Adeje, consider Hotel La Pinta. The hotel is highly recommended by past guests and is great value for money. If you’re on a holiday budget this is the best place to stay. The hotel is very family friendly and basically on the beach.
Dream Villa Tagoro
Holidaymakers who want an all-inclusive holiday in Tenerife should take a look at Dream Villa Tagoro. Located in Torviscas Alto, this complex features standard and superior rooms which come with satellite TV, air conditioning and mini bar. Guests staying on an all-inclusive basis can enjoy unlimited drinks and food at the bars and restaurants, as well as access to sports facilities, entertainment, kids’ club and shuttle bus service.
Costa Adeje Beach for February
Troya Playa
Troya Playa has two beaches that are the oldest in Costa Adeje. The beaches are perfect for sun, relaxation, music and waves. The volcanic sandy beaches have a blue flags in quality which is classed as distinction. Take a calm swim in the gentle waves, kids will be safe to play on this beach. Water sports are available at Troya Beach. Visiting in the evening is recommended as the promenade is full of restaurants and shops, there is also a taxi rank and hotels close by.
Playa Paraiso
The small beach of Playa Paraiso is around 8km north of Playa de la Americas. The resort is quiet and chilled, you can find restaurants, bars, shops and music in this area. There are 3 small sandy/pebbled beaches that are popular for snorkeling and diving. If you’re looking for sand this beach is mainly pebbles so isn’t ideal for building sand castles. However, the Lido (Lago) is worth visiting for a small cost, it’s in the central bay and has a restaurant and scuba diving school.
Bars and Restaurants
Carlos
Just a short walk away from the Puerto Colon harbour, Carlos offers a fantastic selection of modern European dishes which have been inspired by cuisine from Portugal, Spain, Italy and France. Here you’ll find a menu full of contemporary dishes, such as tagliatelle with salmon and prawns, chicken-stuffed peaches, espedata de Madeira and fruit kebabs, with a comprehensive wine list available to accompany your meal.
Restaurante La Nonna
Striving to provide diners with fresh, healthy and tasty cuisine, Restaurante La Nonna comes highly recommended by almost everyone. Here you’ll find traditional Mediterranean food, with Italian, Greek, Spanish and French influences, resulting in a menu which is hard to beat. To accompany the food there is a large selection of international wines available, with some of Tenerife’s most popular bottles.
Banana Garden
A great place for the whole family to spend the evening, Banana Garden makes for a fantastic night out. This cabaret bar serves a huge selection of cocktails made using fresh fruit. Evening entertainment with a Canarian twist is held every night, in the form of folk bands and flamenco shows.
Things to do in Costa Adeje in February
The Sound of Musicals
Known as the feel-good show of the year, The Sound of Musicals is one of the most successful shows on the island which has dazzled audiences for years. The talented team behind this show will take you on a journey through London, Paris and New York, bringing the very best of the West End and Broadway to you on stage. The Sound of Musicals incorporates performances from over 15 musicals, complete with sparkling costumes, amazing voices and light-hearted comedy to create a night you’ll never forget. As well as the show, a three-course meal and unlimited drinks are included in the ticket price.
Sailing Trips
Sailing trips around the coast are always popular with tourists and offer a great way to explore the area and see more of the coast line away from the beach. Whether you want to hire your own boat and set sail yourself or simply relax on board a catamaran, sailing trips are good for people of all ages.
Dates for the diary
One of the most highly anticipated events of the year takes place in Tenerife, including Costa Adeje, in February Carnival. During this time, almost all of the towns across the island hold parties, with the best celebrations being held in Santa Cruz for two weeks around the 10th of the month, when something is going on almost every day. There are carnival queen elections, parades, street parties and plenty of opportunities for everyone to dress up. The Santa Cruz carnival is regarded as the second best in the world, making it a must-see if you’re in Tenerife during February; the distance between Costa Adeje to Santa Cruz is 76 miles.
February Weather in Costa Adeje, Tenerife – 2023 – Winter Sun Expert
Costa Adeje is a purpose build resort that is part of the province of Adeje, located in the southern part of Tenerife, one of the Canary Islands in Spain. It is often described as an upmarket resort as there are lots of luxurious resorts, apartments, and villas. There is also an abundance of fine dining and entertainment. While this coastal town may have had humble beginnings, it is now the playground for tourists and snowbirds who are chasing the sun, especially during the cold winter months.
The resort has some of the best beaches in the Canary Islands including the amazing playa de Duque named after the Duke of Abrantes.
Weather February 2023 in Costa Adeje Tenerife:
Generally, February in Costa Adeje will be really nice, with an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. Due to the dry air, it will feel very comfortable. You can expect around 4 rainy days, with on average 0.9 inches / 24 mm of rain during the month of February.
Marc Ryckaert – CC BY-SA 4.0
Contents
1 February weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife
2 February weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife in more detail
2.1 – What will the temperature be in Costa Adeje in February
2.2 – Can you expect rain in February in Costa Adeje?
2.3 – What will the water temperature be in Costa Adeje for February
2.4 – Can you expect in February a lot of sunny days in Costa Adeje
2.5 – Will it be comfortable in February in Costa Adeje?
3 What to do in Costa Adeje Tenerife in February
4 Is it humid in Costa Adeje Tenerife in February?
5 Is February a good time to go to Costa Adeje Tenerife?
6 Does it rain all day in Costa Adeje Tenerife in February?
7 Is February the rainiest month in Costa Adeje Tenerife?
8 Is February the most sunniest month in Costa Adeje Tenerife?
9 Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife in other months
February weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife
To get a good overview of the type of weather you can expect in February in Costa Adeje, we will look at the day and night temperature, minimum and maximum water temperature, and if February is comfortable or humid
Generally, February in Costa Adeje will be really nice. Historical data shows that you can expect an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. Due to the dry air, it will feel very comfortable. During the night, it will cool down to around 55°F / 13°C.
Costa Adeje has some rainy days in February. You can expect around 4 rainy days, with on average 0.9 inches / 24 mm of rain during the whole month.
The forecast for February 2023 is based on historical data and are averages. They will give a good indication what you can expect, but the daily temperature and rain will fluctuate during the month.
February weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife in more detail
To get a better feeling for the type of weather, you can expect in February in Costa Adeje, we will look at the temperature, rain, wind, humidity, water temperature, and sun and clouds
– What will the temperature be in Costa Adeje in February
Generally, you can expect in February an average temperature of 71°F / 22°C during the day and an average of 55°F / 13°C during the night. In February, during the warmest part of the afternoon, the temperature can often get as high as 78°F / 26°C, and at the end of the night, it can get as low as 50°F / 10°C.
When looking at the whole year, January, February and December are the coldest months, with an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. August is the hottest month, with an average temperature of around 86°F / 30°C. When comparing February with the temperature in the month before and after, this is equal to January, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. And almost equal to March, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 73°F / 23°C.
Day and night temperature variation for Costa Adeje during the year.Day and night temperature variation for Costa Adeje during the year.
But average temperatures only tell half of the story. It is also good to check the maximum and minimum temperatures. When looking at the whole year, August is the hottest month, with a temperature of around 93°F / 34°C. January is the coldest month, with a temperature of around 77°F / 25°C. When comparing February with the temperature in the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 77°F / 25°C. And almost equal to March, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 82°F / 28°C.
In the following graph, you can see how many cold and hot days you can expect in Costa Adeje each month:
Day and night temperature variation for Costa Adeje during the year.Day and night temperature variation for Costa Adeje during the year.
– Can you expect rain in February in Costa Adeje?
Generally, you can expect about 4 rain days in February, with on average 0.9 inches / 24 mm of rain.
When looking at the whole year, July is the dryest month, with an average rainfall of around 0 inches / 0 mmmm. December is the wettest month, with an average rainfall of around 1.3 inches / 32 mmmm. When comparing February with the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees around 0. 9 inches / 23 mm of rain. And slightly more than March, which sees around 0.7 inches / 19 mm of rain
Rain days for Costa Adeje during the year.Rain days for Costa Adeje during the year.
If we look at the number of days with rain, July is the month with the least amount of rain days with an average of between 0 and 1 days. December is the month with the most rain days with an average of between 5 and 6 days. When comparing February with the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees an average of between 3 and 4 days of rain. And almost equal to March, which sees an average of between 3 and 4 days of rain
– What will the water temperature be in Costa Adeje for February
You can expect in February, the water temperature for Costa Adeje to be between 69°F / 21°C and 64°F / 18°C.
To compare the water temperature we will use the maximum water temperature. You can expect this temperature on a more sunny day, close to the shore, when the wind does not mix the relatively warmer and colder water.
September has the highest water temperature, with around 77°F / 25°C. March has the lowest water temperature, with an average of between 68°F / 20°C and 69°F / 21°C. When comparing the water temperature from February with the month before and after, February has a water temperature almost equal to January, with a water temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. And almost equal to the water temperature from March, that is an average of between 68°F / 20°C and 69°F / 21°C.
Water temperature for Costa Adeje during the year.Water temperature for Costa Adeje during the year.
– Can you expect in February a lot of sunny days in Costa Adeje
Generally, you can expect around 6 sunny days in February and around 18 partly sunny days. The remaining days will be cloudy.
When looking at the whole year, December is the month with the highest number of sunny days, with an average of between 7 and 8 sunny days. July is the month with the lowest number of sunny days, with an average of between 0 and 1 sunny days. When comparing February with the number of sunny days in the month before and after, it is almost equal to January, with an average of between 6 and 7 sunny days. And almost equal to March, with around 4 sunny days
The number of sunny, partly sunny, and cloudy days for Costa AdejeThe number of sunny, partly sunny, and cloudy days for Costa Adeje
We have looked at the sunny days in Costa Adeje. Let’s also look at the cloudy or overcast days. January is the month with the highest number of cloudy days, with around 6 cloudy days. July is the month with the lowest number of cloudy days, with around 1 cloudy day. When comparing February with the number of cloudy days in the month before and after, it is almost equal to January, with around 6 cloudy days. And almost equal to March, with an average of between 4 and 5 cloudy days
– Will it be comfortable in February in Costa Adeje?
Generally, February in Costa Adeje will have dry air, and will feel very comfortable.
We use the humidity and temperature in Costa Adeje to calculate the Wintersun Expert Comfort level for each month. The lower the Wintersun Expert Comfort level, the more comfortable it will be. Only for certain people, extremely dry air can feel slightly uncomfortable.
When looking at the whole year, January has the lowest humidity, with a Wintersun Expert comfort level of “very comfortable” (dry air). August has the highest humidity, with a Wintersun Expert comfort level of “comfortable” (not very humid). When comparing February with the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which has a Wintersun Comfort level of “very comfortable” (dry air). And almost equal to March, which has a Wintersun Comfort level of “very comfortable” (dry air)
Wintersun Expert Humidity / Comfort level for Costa AdejeWintersun Expert Humidity / Comfort level for Costa Adeje
What to do in Costa Adeje Tenerife in February
Mount Teide – the highest point in Spain is can be accessed using a cable car while visiting costa Adeje.
Barranco Del Infierno – translating to Hell’s Canyon, this scenic part of the island is popular for its three-hour-long hike trail. There is a large number of fauna and flora present including sightings of the occasional eagle.
Golf Costa Adeje – considered to be among the best golf courses in the world, the golf course has some of the most amazing views you can find anywhere as it was modeled after it’s surrounding area.
Aqualand – this waterpark has a lot of fun rides and attractions. There are also water shows and dolphin displays.
Is it humid in Costa Adeje Tenerife in February?
A lot of people ask interested in the humidity or relative humidity for Costa Adeje Tenerife in February. But the real question they want to ask is not about humidity but the amount of moisture in the air. Or better, about comfort. Will it be comfortable in February in Costa Adeje, or will high humidity make it uncomfortable.
To answer this question, we have to look at the dew point. Relative humidity can change a lot in Costa Adeje during the day and night, as it changes when the amount of moisture changes and, but also when the temperature changes. It is a lot less reliable for comfort. Where the dew point only varies with the amount of moisture in the air.
Looking at the dew point, we can see that for the month of February, you can expect that Costa Adeje will have dry air, and will feel very comfortable.
January is the month with the most comfort. It will have dry air, and will feel very comfortable. August is the most uncomfortable month. It will not be very humid, and will feel comfortable. In the graph, you can see that there is some difference between the most comfortable and most uncomfortable months
Humidity level for Costa AdejeHumidity level for Costa Adeje
Is February a good time to go to Costa Adeje Tenerife?
Trying to answer the question of whether February is a good time to go to Costa Adeje is not as easy as it first seems. Some people like colder weather, and others prefer a warmer climate. Some are fine with some humidity, and others are not. If your location has air conditioning, the night temperature is less important.
These are some examples. I will try to answer the question with a more generic person in mind. The more detailed information in this article should be enough to check further if this applies to you as well.
If we look at the average temperature for Costa Adeje in February, we can see that it will be fine for most people. In February, you can expect it to be really nice, with an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. Due to the dry air, it will feel very comfortable. During the night, it will be around 55°F / 13°C.
As the number of overcast days is not high, you can enjoy the sun with around 6 sunny days and 18 partly sunny days.
The last aspect we will look at is rain. You can expect around 4 rainy days, with on average 0.9 inches / 24 mm of rain during February. If it were more than five days, the location would be slightly less attractive for a shorter stay.
We have looked at the average day temperature, the night temperature, humidity, the number of overcast days, and the rain. We think that February a good time to go to Costa Adeje Tenerife for most visitors.
Does it rain all day in Costa Adeje Tenerife in February?
In Costa Adeje, it does not rain all day in February. You can expect around 4 rainy days, with on average 0.9 inches / 24 mm of rain during the month.
Another way of looking at the rain is the number of sunny days. For Costa Adeje Tenerife, there are, on average 6 sunny days and 18 partly sunny days in February. That clearly shows that it is not raining all the time.
Is February the rainiest month in Costa Adeje Tenerife?
February is not the month with the most rainy days, and not the month with the most rain.
To answer what the rainiest month is in Costa Adeje, we will both look at the month with the most rain, and the month with the highest number of rainy days.
December is the month with the the highest number of rainiest days. On average, you can expect 6 days with rain. July is the month with the lowest number of rainy days, with aproximately 0 days.
December is the month with the most rain. This is not equal as the one with the most rainy days. On average, you can expect 1.3 inches / 32 mm of rain. July is the month with the least amount of rain. This is not the same month as the one with the lowest number of rainy days. You can expect approximately 0 inches / 0 mm of rain.
Is February the most sunniest month in Costa Adeje Tenerife?
February is not the month with the most sunny days, not the month with the most partly sunny days, and it is not the month with the lowest number of overcast days.
To answer what the sunniest month is in Costa Adeje, we will of course look at the month with the most sunniest days, but also look at the month with the biggest number of days that are sunny or partly sunny.
December is the month with the highest number of sunny days. On average, you can expect 6 sunny days, and 18 partly suny days. July is the month with the lowest number of sunny days.
July is the month with the highest number of sunny days and partly sunny days combined. While February is the month with the lowest number of sunny days and partly sunny days combined.
The last thing we will look at is the number of overcast days. July is the month with the lowest number of overcast days. While January is the month with the highest number of overcast days.
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife in other months
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for January
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for March
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for April
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for May
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for June
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for July
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for August
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for September
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for October
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for November
Weather in Costa Adeje Tenerife for December
Click here for more information about the destination “Costa Adeje”
Adeje, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Spain Weekend Weather Forecast – The Weather Channel
As of 9:25 pm WEST
This Weekend
Tonight
–/66°
Mostly Clear NightMostly Clear
Rain
8%
Wind
SE
15 mph
Arrow Up
Sat 08 | Night
66°
Mostly Clear Night
Wind
SE
15 mph
Mostly clear. Low 66F. SE winds at 10 to 20 mph, decreasing to less than 5 mph.
Humidity
Humidity76%
UV Level
UV Index0 of 10
Moon Rise
moonrise7:13 pm
Moon Phase – Day 13
Waxing Gibbous
Moon Set
moonset6:30 am
Sun 09
77°/66°
Mostly SunnyMostly Sunny
Rain
15%
Wind
SE
11 mph
Arrow Down
Sun 09 | Day
77°
Mostly Sunny
Wind
SE
11 mph
Sunny along with a few clouds. High 77F. Winds SE at 10 to 15 mph.
Humidity
Humidity69%
UV Level
UV Index9 of 10
Sun Rise
sunrise8:03 am
Sunset
sunset7:43 pm
Sun 09 | Night
66°
Partly Cloudy Night
Wind
ESE
8 mph
Partly cloudy skies. Low 66F. Winds ESE at 5 to 10 mph.
Humidity
Humidity76%
UV Level
UV Index0 of 10
Moon Rise
moonrise7:46 pm
Moon Phase – Day 14
Full Moon
Moon Set
moonset7:31 am
Next Weekend
Fri 14
77°/67°
Scattered ShowersPM Showers
Rain
40%
Wind
E
13 mph
Arrow Down
Fri 14 | Day
77°
Scattered Showers
Wind
E
13 mph
Mostly sunny skies during the morning hours will give way to occasional showers in the afternoon. High 77F. Winds E at 10 to 15 mph. Chance of rain 40%.
Humidity
Humidity66%
UV Level
UV Index8 of 10
Sun Rise
sunrise8:06 am
Sunset
sunset7:38 pm
Fri 14 | Night
67°
Scattered Showers
Wind
NE
10 mph
Showers early becoming less numerous late. Low 67F. Winds NE at 10 to 15 mph. Chance of rain 40%.
Humidity
Humidity75%
UV Level
UV Index0 of 10
Moon Rise
moonrise10:51 pm
Moon Phase – Day 19
Waning Gibbous
Moon Set
moonset12:29 pm
Sat 15
76°/66°
Scattered ShowersPM Showers
Rain
45%
Wind
E
12 mph
Arrow Down
Sat 15 | Day
76°
Scattered Showers
Wind
E
12 mph
Mostly sunny in the morning. Increasing clouds with showers later in the day. High 76F. Winds E at 10 to 15 mph. Chance of rain 50%.
Humidity
Humidity69%
UV Level
UV Index8 of 10
Sun Rise
sunrise8:07 am
Sunset
sunset7:37 pm
Sat 15 | Night
66°
Scattered Showers Night
Wind
NE
9 mph
Mostly clear in the evening. Increasing clouds with showers after midnight. Low 66F. Winds NE at 5 to 10 mph. Chance of rain 40%.
Humidity
Humidity77%
UV Level
UV Index0 of 10
Moon Rise
moonrise11:39 pm
Moon Phase – Day 20
Waning Gibbous
Moon Set
moonset1:24 pm
Sun 16
76°/66°
Scattered ShowersAM Showers
Rain
38%
Wind
SSE
12 mph
Arrow Down
Sun 16 | Day
76°
Scattered Showers
Wind
SSE
12 mph
Rain showers early with some sunshine later in the day. High 76F. E winds shifting to S at 10 to 15 mph. Chance of rain 40%.
Humidity
Humidity71%
UV Level
UV Index8 of 10
Sun Rise
sunrise8:07 am
Sunset
sunset7:36 pm
Sun 16 | Night
66°
Mostly Clear Night
Wind
ENE
9 mph
Mainly clear skies. Low 66F. Winds ENE at 5 to 10 mph.
Humidity
Humidity78%
UV Level
UV Index0 of 10
Moon Rise
moonrise–
Moon Phase – Day 21
Waning Gibbous
Moon Set
moonset2:17 pm
Weekend Freeze Chances Followed By Warmer Air
Worm Spit Could Fight Plastic Pollution
Man Swims Half Mile To Save His Mom From Hurricane Ian In Florida
How Climate Change May Affect When The Leaves Change And What They Look Like
Advertisement
How To Get FEMA Help After Hurricane Ian
What To Do If You’re Without Power For Days
How To Help Those Affected By Hurricane Ian
Generators Can Be Deadly If Used Improperly – Here’s How to Stay Safe
Weather in Costa Adeje in February 2023, water temperature in Costa Adeje
Check the weather for February before planning your holidays in Costa Adeje.
Average weather data includes daytime highs and nighttime lows in temperature, rainfall, hours of sunshine, and water temperature data.
Average temperature:
18 ° C
Average temperature during the day:
20 ° C
Average temperature at night:
17 ° C
SUCH hours:
9000 7
Rainfall in mm:
39 mm
Rainy days in a month:
8
Water temperature:
0
18010
0010
The weather is now
24 ° C
2 Forecast for 7 days
Air temperature (MAKS-MIN) on days
Predict 9000 February 2022
February 2021
February 2020
February 2019
February 2018
February 2017
February 2016
February 2016
February 2016
0003
17 ° C
21 ° C
17 ° C
21 ° C
17 ° C
22 ° C
16 ° C
22 ° C
16 ° C
21 ° C.
16 ° C
21 ° C
16 ° C
21 ° C
16 ° C
21 ° C
16 ° C
10
FE.
21°C
17°C
11
Feb.
22°C
16°C
12
Feb.
22°C
16°C
13
Feb.
21°C
16°C
14
Feb.
22°C
17°C
15
Feb.
21°C
17°C
16
Feb.
21°C
16°C
17
Feb.
22°C
16°C
18
Feb.
20°C
16°C
19
Feb.
20°C
16°C
20
Feb.
20°C
15°C
21
Feb.
20°C
15°C
22
Feb.
20°C
15°C
23
Feb.
22°C
15°C
24
Feb.
21°C
16°C
25
Feb.
21°C
16°C
26
Feb.
21°C
16°C
27
Feb.
21°C
17°C
28
Feb.
21°C
15°C
29
Feb.
23°C
18°C
Water temperature in February by day
11
Feb.
12
Feb.
13
Feb.
14
Feb.
15
Feb.
16
Feb.
17
Feb.
18
Feb.
19
Feb.
20
Feb.
21
Feb.
22
Feb.
23
Feb.
24
Feb.
25
Feb.
26
Feb.
27
Feb.
28
Feb.
29
Feb.
Daily precipitation
Light rain – up to 2.5 mm per hour, moderate rain – up to 8 mm per hour, heavy rain – more than 8 mm per hour, heavy rain from 30 mm.
0.0000 MM
0.0000 MM
0.0000 MM
0.0000 MM
0.0000 MM
0.0000 MM
0.0000 MM
0.2500 MM
0.0000 MM
9000 9000 9,0002 F.
0.0000 mm
11
Feb.
0.2500 mm
12
Feb.
0.1250 mm
13
Feb.
0.0000 mm
14
Feb.
0.0000 mm
15
Feb.
0.0000 mm
16
Feb.
0.0000 mm
17
Feb.
0.0000 mm
18
Feb.
0.0000 mm
19
Feb.
0.0000 mm
20
Feb.
0.0000 mm
21
Feb.
0.2500 mm
22
Feb.
0.0000 mm
23
Feb.
1.6250 mm
24
Feb.
0.2500 mm
25
Feb.
2.1250 mm
26
Feb.
0.0000 mm
27
Feb.
0.1250 mm
28
Feb.
0.8750 mm
29
Feb.
0.0000 mm
Maximum daily temperature in Costa Adeje 22.5000 °C, minimum night temperature 14.8889°C. Rainfall in February is usually not more than 39 mm, and the number of hours of sunshine is not less than 7.
Weather in February in other resorts in Spain
Barcelona
14°С
Valencia
16°С
Ibiza
Since
, Canary Islands
19 ° C
Brava Costa
12 ° C
DORRADA
12 ° C
Costa del
17 ° C
14 ° C
Malaga
17°C
Tenerife
19°C
Show all resorts
Monthly weather in Costa Adeje
In January
In February
In March
In April
In May
In June
In July
In August
In September
In October
In November
In December
Reviews for holidays in FebruaryAll reviews
Nadezhda
February 12, 2022
23 reviews0003
delicious breakfasts
What I didn’t like: at night, Cucaracha cockroaches will crawl over you and the floor, which you will still have to chase and catch, as they fly . …. But a very unpleasant feeling … Read more
Nekrasova
February 2, 2022 Adeje
photo
57 reviews hotel mapprices
Excellent hotel and wonderful breakfast. Location – on the first line.
What I didn’t like : Didn’t like the anti-covid measures but the hotel has nothing to do with it… Read more
Svetlana
February 1, 2022
Flamingo Suites Costa Adeje
photo
23 reviews hotel map prices
The staff is very attentive. I liked that there are Russian-speaking employees. We were forced to stay for 1 day more, we were treated very carefully.
What I didn’t like : we were with a baby… Read more
Weather in Adeje in February. Sea temperature in Adeje in February Weather by months.
Weather by months/Spain/Adeje/February
Resorts in Spain
All resorts
Adeje on the world map
Other countries
All countries
Temperature
at night
afternoon
January
+17°C
+21°C
February
+16°C
+20°C
March
+16°C
+21°C
April
+17°C
+22°C
May
+18°C
+25°C
June
+20°C
+26°C
July
+21°C
+29°C
August
+22°C
+30°C
September
+23°C
+28°C
October
+22°C
+26°C
November
+19°C
+24°C
December
+17°C
+22°C
According to our observations, as well as reviews of tourists who visited Spain, we can say that the weather in Kemer in September is expected to be quite good. The average daily air temperature in February is 20.4 °C, while the sea water temperature will be 19.3 °C.
Weather in February
Average temperature during the day Average temperature at night
+20.4 °C +16.3 °C
Sea water temperature
+19.3 °C
Number of sunny days Daylength
25 days 11 hours 12 minutes
Rainy days Rainfall
0 days 8 mm
Average wind speed
19.9 m/s
Should I go to Adeje for a holiday in February?
Comfort
62. 3%
Taking into account all the available weather data in Adeje in February (air and water temperature, amount and intensity of rains, cloudiness, day length and wind strength), we calculated the level of comfort in this resort, which amounted to 62.3 %. Please also note that the comfort level in March will be higher and will be 64.4 %
Comfort level by months
On the graph below you can see the comfort level in Adeje calculated by us for each month. The most comfortable months for a vacation in Adeje are September, July and August. Months with the minimum level of comfort are March, January and February.
Monthly comparison of weather in Adeje
Select the month you are interested in from the list below if you want to receive detailed information about the weather in Adeje at other times.
December
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
Air temperature in Adeje in February
February is the coldest month in Adeje. During the day, the air temperature in February ranges from 17.5°C to 22.2°C, at night from 14.6°C to 14.6°C, respectively. The mean air temperature is 20.4 °C during the day, and 16.3 °C at night. The difference between daytime and nighttime air temperatures averages up to 4.0°C per month.
Water temperature in Adeje in February
In February, the water in Adeje can seem cool. The water temperature in the sea does not fall below 18.9°C, while the maximum figure can reach 19.6°C. The average water temperature in February is 19.3 °C, which is 0.8°C lower than in January and 0.5°C higher than in March.
Rainy days and precipitation in February
The average rainfall for Adeje in February is 8 mm. This amount of precipitation is insignificant, and you will not notice rainy days. According to our observations and hysmeteo data, the probability of rainy weather is 1.2 %. Most of the time it will be moderate rain.
Sunny, cloudy and cloudy days
In Adeje in February there are usually about 25 sunny, 3 cloudy and 0 cloudy days. The day length (from dawn to dusk) is 11 hours and 12 minutes. The number of hours of sunshine when the sun’s rays reach the earth’s surface, taking into account the average cloud cover for the month, is 10 hours and 1 minute per day.
Wind in Adeje in February
The graph below shows the probability of winds of different strengths during the month. At the same time, the average wind speed in Adeje in February is 19.9 m/s, which makes it one of the windiest months of the year.
Weather in February in other resorts in Spain
We bring to your attention a summary of the weather in other popular resorts in Spain in February. Select the resort you are interested in to get more detailed information.
Name
Day air temperature
Air temperature at night
Rainy days (precipitation)
Water temperature
Tenerife
15. 6°C
11.9°C
2 days (37 mm)
19.1°C
Barcelona
13.8°C
8.6°C
2 days (25 mm)
13.3°C
Mallorca
15.4°C
9.6°C
3 days (42 mm)
14.5°C
Malaga
16.8°C
9.4°C
1 day (17 mm)
14.3°C
Palma de Mallorca
15.5°C
9.4°C
3 days (38 mm)
14.5°C
Valencia
16.6°C
9.2°C
1 day (9 mm)
13.6°C
Costa Brava
13.8°C
8. 1°C
2 days (26 mm)
13.0°C
Salou
14.6°C
8.8°C
1 day (21 mm)
13.3°C
Alicante
16.4°C
9.6°C
0 days (8 mm)
14.2°C
Ibiza
15.5°C
12.9°C
1 day (23 mm)
14.3°C
Gran Canaria
20.6°C
17.1°C
1 day (7 mm)
18.7°C
Marbella
16.5°C
9.0°C
3 days (37 mm)
14.7°C
– January
– February
– March
– April
– May
– June
– July
– August
– September
– October
– November
– December
Weather in Adeje in February.
Sea water temperature in February. Weather by months.
Sea weather / Spain / Weather in Adeje / Weather in FEBRUARY
January
February
March
Daytime average temperature
+20°C
+20°C
+20°C
Average temperature at night
+15°C
+15°C
+15°C
Sea water temperature
+20°C
+19°C
+19°C
Number of sunny days
26 days
23 days
27 days
Day length
10.4 – 10.9 hours
10.0 – 11.6 hours
11.6 – 12.4 hours
Number of rainy days
1 day
1 day
0 days
Rainfall
11. 3 mm
15.8 mm
9.4 mm
Average wind speed
4.4 m / s
4.6 m / s
4.3 m / s
Weather in Ade for months
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August 9000
Weather in Adeje now •
Weather forecast for 14 days •
Sea water temperature •
Air temperature •
Weather by month •
Weather in the resorts of Spain
Air temperature in Adeje in February
The graph below provides detailed information about the daytime and nighttime temperatures in Adeje in February.
Select the year you are interested in to see daily temperatures in February for that year.
The average air temperature in February over the past 5 years is 19.6°C during the day and 14.8°C at night.
To get data on the air temperature in Adeje for other months, go to the “Weather by months” section.
Data for:
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Adeje sea temperature in February
The graph below provides detailed information about the water temperature in Adeje in February.
Select the year you are interested in to see daily temperatures in February for that year.
The average sea temperature in Adeje in February for the past 5 years is 19.3°C.
To get water temperature data for other months, go to the “Weather by months” section.
Data for:
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Sunny days in Adeje in February
The chart below displays the number of sunny, cloudy and overcast days you can expect in Adeje in February.
The forecast is based on information about the weather in this resort, collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Rainy days in Adeje in February
The graph below displays the chances of rainfall of varying strengths in Adeje in February.
The forecast is based on rainfall information for this resort collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Windy days in Adeje in February
The chart below provides information on how strong the winds can be in Adeje in February.
The forecast is based on information about the strength of the wind at this resort, collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Tenerife is a winter-sun destination, and so you’ll find February is pleasantly warm. It’s an ideal month for hiking – not too warm with clear skies and little rain. The sea is warmer than you might expect for February and is comfortable for swimming. We’ve looked at the most up-to-date weather data for Tenerife, covering the last 12 years up to 2022, plus we’ve asked our team of travel bloggers for their first-hand experiences in order to answer the most frequently asked questions about Tenerife weather in February.
What’s the weather like in Tenerife in February?
Tenerife is a popular winter holiday destination as the sun shines all year round. Temperatures reach highs of 20ËšC in February, which means sunbathing and pool time are both on the cards. The sea can be a little chilly for swimming, but this is the perfect month for hiking in the mountains. You can even climb up Mount Teide without risking heatstroke. The skies are often clear in February too, making for enviable photos.
Answered by Conversant Traveller
What should women pack for a February holiday in Tenerife?
As the weather is warm during the day you’ll need to pack a summer wardrobe. Consider taking things like sun dresses, shorts, strappy tops and sandals to wear at the beach and while strolling around town. Swimming costumes or bikinis are a must! If you’re planning on doing any hiking, then walking boots and thick socks are a good idea as the volcanic terrain can be rather uneven. The temperature falls in the evenings, so a jumper or cardigan is advised, as well as a pair of longer trousers such as leggings.
Answered by Conversant Traveller
What should men pack for a February holiday in Tenerife?
Men should focus on packing shorts and t-shirts for beach time and island explorations. Sunscreen and sunglasses are essential, and you might want to take a cap to keep the afternoon rays at bay. Comfortable shoes for wandering through towns and villages are advisable, while hiking boots are recommended for the trails. Take a light jacket or sweater for the cooler evenings, and a pair of trousers in case it gets a bit chilly. Don’t forget your swimming shorts for those sunny afternoons by the pool.
Answered by Conversant Traveller
Top tips for visiting Tenerife in February
Tenerife can get quite busy in February as this is one of the most popular months for a winter sun getaway. However, the island is big enough to absorb the crowds, and you’ll always be able to find pockets of calm dotted around the shores. The mountains are at their best in winter, with conditions being perfect for hiking, so take time to explore some of the national parks during your stay. The hillside village of Masca is beautiful in February, surrounded by lush mountain landscapes and tropical vegetation. Go first thing in the morning to avoid the day trippers. If you want to head up Mount Teide in the cable car it’s a good idea to book your tickets in advance to skip the long queues.
Answered by Conversant Traveller
What’s the temperature like in Tenerife during February?
February is typically the coolest month in Tenerife. The temperature reaches around 19℃ during the daytime, falling away to 17℃ at night. The UV index will be moderate at this time of year, so not something to worry about for the average person. However, if you’re going to be outside for long periods it’s worth wearing a broad spectrum SPF 30+ sunscreen and UV-blocking sunglasses. Remember that bright surfaces, such as water and sand increase UV exposure.
Does it rain in Tenerife during February?
The answer is no. Tenerife is typically bone dry in February. You’re not likely to see a thunderstorm during your trip.
How warm is the sea in Tenerife during February?
The water around Tenerife is around 19℃ during February. It will feel a little on the cool when first entering, but you’ll warm up quickly. Most kids will have no problem with this temperature, but those who feel the cold are unlikely to want to swim.
Things to do in Tenerife
See more
Weather in Tenerife
Our month-by-month guide to the weather and climate in Tenerife
Tenerife weather in
January
Tenerife weather in
February
Tenerife weather in
March
Tenerife weather in
April
Tenerife weather in
May
Tenerife weather in
June
Tenerife weather in
July
Tenerife weather in
August
Tenerife weather in
September
Tenerife weather in
October
Tenerife weather in
November
Tenerife weather in
December
Peninsula Istanbul Starts Accepting Reservations Ahead of February Opening
Tue, 8 November 2022
(08/11/22) The Peninsula Istanbul has started accepting reservations
ahead of its scheduled opening on 14 February 2023.
Comprising of four
buildings, three of which are protected historical landmarks
dating to the early 1900s, the waterfront property is located in Galataport, a
new waterfront revitalisation project featuring museums,
restaurants and boutiques in the harbour district of Karaky.
The luxury hotel is
within walking distance of Galata Tower, Galata Bridge, The Hagia
Sophia Mosque, The Blue Mosque and Topkapi Palace.
As a long-term investor, we spend many years
selecting the best location for a Peninsula hotel, said Clement
Kwok, Managing Director and CEO of The Hongkong and Shanghai
Hotels, Limited, owner and operator of The Peninsula Hotels. We are excited
to expand our global presence with the opening of The Peninsula
Istanbul, together with our esteemed local partners, Dogus and
Bilgili. Istanbul is a dynamic multicultural city with thousands
of years of history and culture, combined with a youthful and
vibrant energy. We have spent a lot of time and effort to
meticulously restore this beautiful property on the Bosphorus and
we look forward to welcoming locals and visitors alike to
experience our world-renowned Peninsula hospitality.
The Peninsula Istanbul
The Peninsula Istanbul will have 177 rooms and
suites, including a 510 sqm Peninsula Suite with its own hammam,
gym and rooftop swimming pool.
Many of the rooms, which will range in size from
40 to 49 sqm, will provide sweeping Bosphorus views from large windows, balconies, or private
terraces, while others will have direct access to the propertys
magnificent gardens, outdoor swimming pool, private boat dock or luxury boutiques.
In-room amenities will include custom-fragranced
bathroom products and multi-lingual touchscreen control panels.
Facilities at the hotel will include a 25m outdoor
swimming pool with private cabanas; a variety of event and meeting
spaces, including a grand ballroom that,
when combined with its Terrace, will be able to accommodate 820 guests for a
seated banquet and 1,300 for standing cocktails; a rooftop restaurant, bar
and terrace; numerous F&B outlets, including The Lobby where the
world-famous Peninsula Afternoon Tea will be served daily; an
1,675 sqm Peninsula Spa and Wellness Centre with opulent hammams,
a 25m indoor
swimming pool and eight
private treatment rooms.
In addition to a fitness centre, the hotel will
offer guests a dedicated wellness portal with in-room, round-the-clock access to wellness programmes
like guided exercise routines, aromatherapy self-care rituals and
audio meditations.
The opening of The Peninsula Istanbul represents
a glorious new chapter for our brand, and for luxury travellers,
said Peter Borer, Chief Operating Officer of The Hongkong and
Shanghai Hotels, Ltd. With our new property, we are delighted to
offer a magnificent new location that fulfills the most discerning
travel dreams.
The hotel, as with others around the world, will
operate on Peninsula Time, meaning that guests can check-in from
06:00 and check-out at 22:00.
Latest HD video interview: Business Travel Trends in Asia Pacific – Video Interview with Brett Thorstad, Sabre.
Headlines:
Inmarsat Publishes Results of 2022 Passenger Experience Survey
Virgin Australia Resumes Sale of Codeshare Flights on SIA’s Global Network
Air Cargo Volumes of Asia Pacific Airlines Decrease by 10. 7% in September
Emirates SkyCargo to Expand Fleet with Five Boeing 777 Freighters
AirAsia X Resumes Flights Between KL and Tokyo Haneda, Japan
Moxy Lower East Side Hotel Opens in New York, USA
Etihad Partners Cepsa to Accelerate Decarbonization of Air Transport
Thai Smile Upgrades Distribution Strategy with Sabre
Peninsula Istanbul Starts Accepting Reservations Ahead of February Opening
Four Seasons Hotel Opens in Nashville, USA
Aviation: RPK Increases 57% in September
Smiths Detection Installs 1,856 Solar Panels at Factory in Johor Bahru, Malaysia
Thai Airways to Increase Flights to Melbourne, Australia
British Airways Executive Club Partners Uber UK
Airbus HAPS Signs LOI with Japan’s Space Compass
Hong Kong Airlines Resumes Flights to Okinawa and Sapporo, Japan
Jetstar Launches Flights Between Sydney and Seoul, South Korea
Capital A Expands airasia Super App to World’s Fourth Most Populous Country
Hahn Air Joins Camino Blockchain as a Consortium Member
New Delhi Hotels Lead Asia Pacific’s Recovery in Profitability
SAS Secures Deals with Two Additional Aircraft Lessors
United Airlines Launches ‘Earn and Learn’ Apprenticeship Program for AMTs
HSG Holding to Acquire Quadriga Systems
World’s Greatest Rugby Sevens Party is Back! HK7s Taking Place 4-6 November
Hong Kong Airport Opens Record-Breaking Sky Bridge
AirAsia X Resumes Flights Between KL and Melbourne, Australia
IAG to Support Project Speedbird’s Work to Accelerate SAF Production in UK
Daniel Kerr Joins Chatrium Grand Bangkok as General Manager
Marriott Signs St. Regis Resort in Costa Mujeres, Mexico
Centara Opens Fifth Hotel in Bangkok, Thailand
IHG Signs Three Hotels in Kenya and Tanzania
Marriott Signs Very Special Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Bangkok, Thailand
IATA’s Global Passenger Survey Highlights Latest Trends in Air Travel
China Airlines to Increase Flights to Palau
IHG Signs InterContinental Resort in Al Khobar, Saudi Arabia
CWT Appoints Victoria Berwick as Global Marketing Director
St. Regis Resort Opens in Goa, India
Air Canada and Emirates Activate Codeshare Agreement
Datai Langkawi Launches New Spa Products; Partners Voya Organic Beauty
Minor Signs First NH Collection Hotel in UAE
Tony Fernandes Steps Down as Acting Group CEO of AirAsia X
BCD Travel Expands Partnership with Sabre
Qatar Airways Paints Boeing 777 in FIFA World Cup 2022 Livery
American Airlines Cadet Academy Partners Spartan College of Aeronautics
IAG Approves Order for Fifty Boeing 737 Aircraft
Elbit to Upgrade Radio Communications Systems of Finnish Army
Shell Completes Sale of Interest in Malampaya, Philippines
Marriott Signs Third Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Australia
Starlux Takes Delivery of First Widebody Aircraft
Full Service Returns to British Airways’ Club World
IAG Confirms Order for 37 Airbus A320neo Aircraft
Capital A Expands Hotel Booking Platform on airasia Super App
Petronas Extends Deal as Exclusive Fuel Supplier to Moto2 and Moto3 Classes
Embraer Signs MOUs with Defence Industry Partners in South Korea
Spain’s National Police and Guardia Civil Take Delivery of First Two Airbus h235s
Boeing Forecasts China to Need 8,485 Passenger and Freighter Jets Through 2041
Hyatt Opens First Centric Hotel in Southeast Asia
Philippine Airlines to Launch Cebu – Baguio Flights in December
Honeywell Redesigns Flight Efficiency Platform
P3 Expands ‘Collect Your Key’ Kiosk Service Beyond UK
British Airways Partners Chooose to Launch CO2llaborate
Saudia Signs MOU for 100 Lilium eVTOL Jets
Sean Mosher Appointed GM of Two Four Seasons Hotels in Thailand
Asia Pacific Airlines Carried 11. 7 Million Int. Passengers in September
Cebu Pacific Opens Self-Bag Drop Counters at Clark Int. Airport in Philippines
HKIA Expands Use of Flight Token for Hong Kong Residents
Air Canada Converts Options for 15 A220-300 Aircraft into Firm Orders
Jaguar Launches Electric Gate-to-Gate Airport Transfer Service with United Airlines
Alaska Airlines Converts Options for 52 Boeing 737 MAX Aircraft into Firm Orders
Marriott to Expand Caribbean and Latin America Portfolio with City Express Acquisition
Rosewood Signs Fourth Hotel in Italy
Accor Signs Pullman Hotel in Penrith, Western Sydney
ATPCO Donates Important Piece of Aviation History to Library of Congress
Air Côte d’Ivoire Orders Two A330neo Aircraft
Air Canada Partners CAE to Double Number of Captain Judy Cameron Scholarships
ICC Sydney Launches Interactive Venue Map
Hong Kong Airport Reports 132.7% Increase in Passengers; Cargo Down 25%
Aviation Institute of Maintenance Partners American Airlines
Airbus Delivers Last Batch of Pléiades Neo Satellites
Japanese Hotel Company Signs Distribution Agreement with Sabre
Malaysia Airlines Increases Flights to Japan
Emirates Activates Codeshare Agreement with Indonesia’s Batik Air
Marriott Signs All-Inclusive, Adults-Only W Resort in Uvero Alto, Dominican Republic
Arabella El Barkouki Returns to Dorchester Collection as Global Director of Sales
IHG Signs First Vignette Collection Hotel in the Americas
Cathay Pacific Carried 265,845 Passengers in September
Boeing Forecasts Latin America and Caribbean Region to Need 2,240 New Planes by 2041
Amazon Air to Expand Fleet with Ten A330-300P2F Aircraft
Food Sales Approved for Hong Kong Sevens in November
NAC Signs P2F Conversion Agreement with Embraer
Air Astana Shows Off Creativity with Upcycling for the Future Project
Cross Hotels Expands Distribution Strategy by Partnering Trip Affiliates
William Costley Joins Minor Hotels as SVP of Operations – Asia
IHG Begins Search for New CFO
Dusit Thani Maldives Appoints Jacques Leizerovici as GM
Alejandro Reynal Joins Four Seasons as President and CEO
Bombardier Unveils Luxurious Executive Cabin of Global 7500 and 8000 Business Jets
Singapore Confirms Changes to F1 Grand Prix Circuit
Bahrain to Host IATA World Passenger Symposium 2022 from 1-3 November
bp ventures Invests US$6 Million in Free Electric Ride-Hailing Business
Rolls-Royce to Test SAF Produced by Alder Fuels’ Greencrude Technology
Qatar Airways Privilege Club Signs 10-Year Agreement with Visa
Azul Implements SITA’s Flight Tracking and Weather Solution
Business Travel Trends in Asia Pacific – Video Interview with Brett Thorstad, Sabre
Accor Signs Second Movenpick Hotel in Jakarta, Indonesia
Bamboo Airways Begins Digital Transformation with Amadeus Partnership
Two Executive Appointments at Duetto Asia Pacific
Air Astana Takes Delivery of 9th Airbus A321LR
Air Cairo Signs Global Maintenance Agreement with ATR
Jet2 Orders 35 Airbus A320neo
Norse Atlantic Airways to Sublease Fifth Aircraft
Sabre Unveils Results of Business Travel Survey
SLH Partners La Vie Hotels and Resorts
DidaTravel Signs Content Agreement with Travelport
Virgin Atlantic Takes Delivery of First A330neo
US DOT to Grant Norse Atlantic UK a Foreign Air Carrier Permit
Metrojet and ExecuJet Haite Establish China-Based Joint Venture
FlightSafety to Expand Pilot Training with New Praetor 500 and 600 FFS
Hawaiian Signs Bilateral Interline Agreement with Mokulele Airlines
Hyatt Partners Toyota for Japan’s First Unbound Collection Hotel
Air Tahiti Orders One ATR 72-600; Confirms Deal for Two ATR 42-600S
Radius Travel Expands Partnership with ITL World
Fuwairit Kite Beach Resort Opens in Doha, Qatar
Chris Peak Joins Business Events Industry Aotearoa as Events Manager
Air Canada to Expand International Network for Summer 2023
France Upgrading Communication Networks of Domestic Security Forces
Embraer Closes First Credit Operation with UK Export Finance
Korean Air Unveils Selection of New Inflight Wines
Singapore Airlines to Expand Use of SITA OptiClimb
oneworld to Relocate Global HQ from New York to Fort Worth, Texas
Natthadol Patthamadilok Appointed Senior GM of Somerset Pattaya
ATR Receives EASA Type Certification for PW127XT-M Engine
RoomIt to Provide Amazon with Hotel Category Services Support
Jumeirah to Expand Portfolio with Resort in Bahrain
ATPCO and ARC to Combine Elevate and TravelConnect Conferences in 2023
Emirates to Upgrade Tokyo-Narita Capacity with A380
AirAsia to Launch Penang – Bali Flights
Pictures from Miss International Queen 2022 in Pattaya, Thailand
HD Video Interviews from Miss International Queen 2022 in Pattaya, Thailand
Is Siam Seaplane Ready for Take Off? Interview with Dennis Keller, Chief Business Officer
HD Videos and Interviews
Podcasts from HD Video Interviews
RSS Feed – Travel Industry News
Ticker – Travel Industry News
Travel Industry News Archives
Travel Trade Shows
High-Res Picture Galleries
Travel News Asia – Latest Travel Industry News
Subscribe to our
Travel Industry News RSS
Feed . To do
that in Outlook, right-click the RSS Feeds
folder, select Add a New RSS Feed, enter the URL of our
RSS Feed which is: https://www.travelnewsasia.com/travelnews.xml
and click Add. The feed can also be used to add the headlines to your
website or channel via a
customisable applet. Have questions? Please read our
Travel News
FAQ. Thank you.
Weather in Tenerife in February 2022. [Anomalous] Weather in February 2022
February in Maspalomas offers up more of the warm and pleasant weather that tourists looking for winter sun and a beach holiday are drawn to.
Though popular as a holiday destination year round, it is in the winter that the area gains the edge, with plenty of warm and sunny days making it an appealing option when other parts of the world are experiencing the brunt of the cold winter weather.
The beach is still the place to be in February in Maspalomas, so pack accordingly, with plenty of sun cream.
Temperature
The average daily temperature in Maspalomas is 17°C (63°F), which can reach highs of 20°C (68°F) or drop to lows of 14°C (57°F). The month of February is characterized by essentially constant daily high temperatures, so you don’t have to worry about it getting cold at this time of year!
Average Sea Temperature
The average temperature of the sea during this month is 19°C, making it warm enough to take part in water sports such as jet skiing and surfing! On the other hand, if this still seems a bit too cold for you the sea temperature is slightly hotter during the summer and in August where the sea temperature can reach a hot 22°C.
Rain
Maspalomas sees an average of 22 mm over 5 days of rain during this month. The average probability that some form of precipitation will be observed during February is only 22% and the most common forms of rainfall are moderate rain, drizzle and light rain. However, if you are worried about the rain you may want to visit in May or September when it’s still very hot with little to no rainfall.
Humidity
During February there is an average humidity of 65%. On average, the relative humidity typically ranges from a mildly humid 52% to a very humid 85%, rarely dropping below a comfortable 36% or reaching 100%. The air is predicted to be driest around February 1st when the humidity is expected to drop below 61% three days out of four, whilst the air is likely to be most humid around February 16th, where levels could rise above 78% three days out of four.
Average Sunshine Hours
The Canary Islands as a whole are extremely sunny throughout the year. In Maspalomas there is an average of nine hours of sunshine per day at this time of the year that’s only three hours less compared to July which experiences 12 hours of sunshine per day.
Daylight Hours
Furthermore, during February the length of day is starting to gradually increase as summer approaches. On average, the shortest day of this month is February 1st with 10:53 hours of daylight, whilst the longest is February 29th with 11:35 hours of daylight.
Cloud Cover
At this time of year the cloud cover is generally very low at 48%, which is considered as partly cloudy and is unlikely to vary substantially across the month.
Wind
The wind levels are also generally low and typically range from 4 mph to 22 mph, rarely exceeding 29 mph. Furthermore, the highest average wind speed of 13mph is expected to occur around February 29th, when the average daily maximum wind speed is 22 mph. At this time of year the wind is most often coming from the north, followed by the north east.
With the weather this warm, you may well be needing to cool off after time spent on the beach and there’s no better way to do this than with a dip in the sea. With plenty of water sports to try out, including parascending, water skiing and windsurfing, this is sure to prove a tempting option.
If you favour sports on dry land though, golf is another popular activity in Maspalomas. With a number of different courses in the area, golfers can enjoy outstanding facilities and spectacular surrounding views; ideal whether you are a casual or more serious player.
Maspalomas Hotels in February
The three-star Bungalows Vistaflor is situated right next to the Maspalomas Golf Club and offers a number of facilities such as two swimming pools, tennis courts and a free beach shuttle service. The complex also features a buffet and a la carte restaurant and there is even a small supermarket and vending machines onsite.
The four-star Siesta Suites is also located next to the golf course. These set of spacious suites come with kitchens, bedrooms and bathrooms, some also offer a private terrace or solarium. The complex offers a heated swimming pool, sauna, squash court and putting green.
However, if you are looking for a hotel where everything is catered for you may want to try the three-star Dunas Mirador Maspalomas which features two outdoor swimming pools and a hot tub. The hotel also offers an entertainment programme for children as well as a games room which has table football and pool tables.
On the other hand, if you are looking for a self-catering bungalow that is cheap and affordable you should definitely look into the Canary Garden Club situated in Maspalomas. On site you will find a variety of activities such as an outdoor swimming pool and tennis court. The complex also features a buffet restaurant and there is free parking nearby.
Maspalomas Beach for February
Nudism is very popular at Maspalomas Beach, which can be found in the center of the great mass of sand. The beach is said to be over 6km long and 2km wide, so there’s plenty of space for everyone! The beach is made up of fine golden, white sand and the sea boasts a beautiful deep blue colour throughout the year. Along the beach you will find a number of beach bars, restaurants, kiosks, shops and cafes as well as water sports such as Jet Ski and pedalo hire. At this time of year the sea is also a positively warm 19°C, which makes it warm enough to go swimming and take part in the various water sports on offer.
Bars and Restaurants
Taberna La Cana Restaurante Tapas offers a wide array of all the Spanish tapas classics such as tortilla, papas bravas, garlic mushrooms, croquettes, puntitas squid and more. The tapas bar is also not too far away from the seafront, meaning you can go for a stroll along the promenade after your delicious meal.
A. Gaudi by Patrik Hartl is a renowned gourmet restaurant situated in Maspalomas. Serving a mouthwatering selection of Meditteranean cuisine and even a few Austrian classics, this eatery is a particular favourite with tourists and locals.
El Salsete is often referred to as a “hidden gem” due to its location and exquisite menu. They serve a variety of Mediterranean classics as well as local Canarian and Spanish cuisine. If you are looking for a restaurant for a special occasion such as a birthday or anniversary this is the place for you!
However, if you’re looking for a more casual dining experience you may be interested in the Mezzaluna Pizzeria Trattoria & Café. This place serves a variety of Italian classics such as pizza and pasta. They also have an outdoor terrace which is a great place to enjoy a coffee outside on a sunny day.
Things to do in Maspalomas in February
On a sunny day you may want to visit La Charca in Maspalomas. This large ecosystem offers a coastal saltwater lagoon full of thriving fish. The lagoon is separated from the sea by a small sand barrier which is broken down when there is a large amount of rainfall, causing marine life to enter. The area also offers a large bird community, as well as reed fields and wooded areas.
If you’re here with the little ones you should definitely visit Holiday World in Maspalomas. The best time to visit this place is during the evening when the rides are open such as dodgems, a small rollercoaster, Ferris wheel and shooting stalls. There is also a bowling alley, nightclubs and an arcade on the premises.
One of the best ways to explore the local area is to go horse riding in Maspalomas! El Salobre Horse Riding offers a number of excursions for all ages and abilities through the local countryside including the famous sand dunes. There are a variety of excursions available on request from just one hour up to four hours, plus riding helmets are provided.
A great way to spend the evening is at the Moonlight Cinema, which is Europe’s only permanent outdoor cinema. Experience the magic of the movies under the stars while tucked up in a complimentary blanket, enjoying a slice of freshly served pizza with your friends and family. The cinema makes sure to show all the best blockbuster movies and new releases.
Dates for the diary
The Maspalomas Carnival usually takes place sometime between February and March. The party celebrations usually last for a week and include many different events including the Carnival Queen Gala, Drag Queen and the Grand Parade. These special events are expected to attract a number of international acts and famous singers, as well as local groups of performers. The carnival also includes a firework shows at the end and many outdoor parties are expected to take place across the resort! If you’re in the mood for a party this is definitely the top event for you and your friends.
Furthermore, the International Music Festival of the Canary Islands will be celebrated in Gran Canaria from January 13th until February 13th. The festival celebrates the Canary Islands as one of the most significant Spanish landscapes and cultures. The festival is likely to host a number of renowned orchestras.
Maspalomas February Weather, Average Temperature (Spain)
Daily high temperatures are around 69°F, rarely falling below 66°F or exceeding 75°F.
Daily low temperatures are around 60°F, rarely falling below 56°F or exceeding 64°F. The lowest daily average low temperature is 60°F on February 10.
For reference, on August 21, the hottest day of the year, temperatures in Maspalomas typically range from 72°F to 81°F, while on February 5, the coldest day of the year, they range from 60°F to 69°F.
Average High and Low Temperature in February in MaspalomasFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282856°F56°F58°F58°F60°F60°F62°F62°F64°F64°F66°F66°F68°F68°F70°F70°F72°F72°F74°F74°F76°F76°FJanMarFeb 169°FFeb 169°F60°F60°FFeb 2870°FFeb 2870°F60°F60°FFeb 1169°FFeb 1169°F60°F60°F
The daily average high (red line) and low (blue line) temperature, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands. The thin dotted lines are the corresponding average perceived temperatures.
The figure below shows you a compact characterization of the hourly average temperatures for the quarter of the year centered on February. The horizontal axis is the day, the vertical axis is the hour of the day, and the color is the average temperature for that hour and day.
Average Hourly Temperature in February in Maspalomas
Average Hourly Temperature in February in MaspalomasFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM2 AM2 AM4 AM4 AM6 AM6 AM8 AM8 AM10 AM10 AM12 PM12 PM2 PM2 PM4 PM4 PM6 PM6 PM8 PM8 PM10 PM10 PM12 AM12 AMJanMarcoolcoolcomfortable
frigid 15°F freezing 32°F very cold 45°F cold 55°F cool 65°F comfortable 75°F warm 85°F hot 95°F sweltering
The average hourly temperature, color coded into bands. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Hanga Roa, Chile (7,290 miles away) and Mala, Peru (4,951 miles) are the far-away foreign places with temperatures most similar to Maspalomas (view comparison).
The month of February in Maspalomas experiences essentially constant cloud cover, with the percentage of time that the sky is overcast or mostly cloudy remaining about 27% throughout the month.
The clearest day of the month is February 18, with clear, mostly clear, or partly cloudy conditions 75% of the time.
For reference, on November 14, the cloudiest day of the year, the chance of overcast or mostly cloudy conditions is 38%, while on July 20, the clearest day of the year, the chance of clear, mostly clear, or partly cloudy skies is 98%.
Cloud Cover Categories in February in Maspalomas
Cloud Cover Categories in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%100%10%90%20%80%30%70%40%60%50%50%60%40%70%30%80%20%90%10%100%0%JanMarFeb 172%Feb 172%Feb 2873%Feb 2873%Feb 1173%Feb 1173%clearmostly clearpartly cloudymostly cloudyovercast
The percentage of time spent in each cloud cover band, categorized by the percentage of the sky covered by clouds.
A wet day is one with at least 0.04 inches of liquid or liquid-equivalent precipitation. In Maspalomas, the chance of a wet day over the course of February is essentially constant, remaining around 7% throughout.
For reference, the year’s highest daily chance of a wet day is 10% on January 15, and its lowest chance is 0% on June 30.
Probability of Precipitation in February in Maspalomas
Probability of Precipitation in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%0%1%1%2%2%3%3%4%4%5%5%6%6%7%7%8%8%9%9%10%10%JanMarFeb 17%Feb 17%Feb 287%Feb 287%Feb 117%Feb 117%rain
The percentage of days in which various types of precipitation are observed, excluding trace quantities: rain alone, snow alone, and mixed (both rain and snow fell in the same day).
Rainfall
To show variation within the month and not just the monthly total, we show the rainfall accumulated over a sliding 31-day period centered around each day.
The average sliding 31-day rainfall during February in Maspalomas is essentially constant, remaining about 0.4 inches throughout, and rarely exceeding 1.1 inches.
Average Monthly Rainfall in February in Maspalomas
Average Monthly Rainfall in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280.0 in0.0 in0.2 in0.2 in0.4 in0.4 in0.6 in0.6 in0.8 in0.8 in1.0 in1.0 in1.2 in1.2 in1.4 in1.4 inJanMarFeb 10.4 inFeb 10.4 inFeb 280.4 inFeb 280.4 inFeb 110.4 inFeb 110.4 in
The average rainfall (solid line) accumulated over the course of a sliding 31-day period centered on the day in question, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands. The thin dotted line is the corresponding average snowfall.
Over the course of February in Maspalomas, the length of the day is increasing. From the start to the end of the month, the length of the day increases by 40 minutes, implying an average daily increase of 1 minute, 30 seconds, and weekly increase of 10 minutes, 28 seconds.
The shortest day of the month is February 1, with 10 hours, 54 minutes of daylight and the longest day is February 28, with 11 hours, 34 minutes of daylight.
Hours of Daylight and Twilight in February in Maspalomas
Hours of Daylight and Twilight in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 hr24 hr4 hr20 hr8 hr16 hr12 hr12 hr16 hr8 hr20 hr4 hr24 hr0 hrJanMarnightnightdaydayFeb 110 hr, 54 minFeb 110 hr, 54 minFeb 2811 hr, 34 minFeb 2811 hr, 34 min
The number of hours during which the Sun is visible (black line). From bottom (most yellow) to top (most gray), the color bands indicate: full daylight, twilight (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and full night.
The latest sunrise of the month in Maspalomas is 7:49 AM on February 1 and the earliest sunrise is 21 minutes earlier at 7:27 AM on February 28.
The earliest sunset is 6:42 PM on February 1 and the latest sunset is 19 minutes later at 7:02 PM on February 28.
Daylight saving time is observed in Maspalomas during 2022, but it neither starts nor ends during February, so the entire month is in standard time.
For reference, on June 21, the longest day of the year, the Sun rises at 7:07 AM and sets 13 hours, 54 minutes later, at 9:01 PM, while on December 21, the shortest day of the year, it rises at 7:48 AM and sets 10 hours, 23 minutes later, at 6:11 PM.
Sunrise & Sunset with Twilight and Daylight Saving Time in February in Maspalomas
Sunrise & Sunset with Twilight and Daylight Saving Time in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728282 AM4 AM6 AM8 AM10 AM12 PM2 PM4 PM6 PM8 PM10 PM12 AM2 AMJanMar7:27 AM7:27 AMFeb 287:02 PMFeb 287:02 PM7:49 AM7:49 AMFeb 16:42 PMFeb 16:42 PM7:38 AM7:38 AMFeb 166:54 PMFeb 166:54 PMSolarMidnightSolarMidnightSolarNoonSunriseSunset
The solar day over the course of February. From bottom to top, the black lines are the previous solar midnight, sunrise, solar noon, sunset, and the next solar midnight. The day, twilights (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and night are indicated by the color bands from yellow to gray.
The figure below presents a compact representation of the sun’s elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon) and azimuth (its compass bearing) for every hour of every day in the reporting period. The horizontal axis is the day of the year and the vertical axis is the hour of the day. For a given day and hour of that day, the background color indicates the azimuth of the sun at that moment. The black isolines are contours of constant solar elevation.
Solar Elevation and Azimuth in February in Maspalomas
Solar Elevation and Azimuth in February in MaspalomasFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282812 AM12 AM2 AM2 AM4 AM4 AM6 AM6 AM8 AM8 AM10 AM10 AM12 PM12 PM2 PM2 PM4 PM4 PM6 PM6 PM8 PM8 PM10 PM10 PM12 AM12 AMJanMar0010102020303040406000101020203030404050
northeastsouthwest
Solar elevation and azimuth over the course of February 2022. The black lines are lines of constant solar elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon, in degrees). The background color fills indicate the azimuth (the compass bearing) of the sun. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries of the cardinal compass points indicate the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
The figure below presents a compact representation of key lunar data for February 2022. The horizontal axis is the day, the vertical axis is the hour of the day, and the colored areas indicate when the moon is above the horizon. The vertical gray bars (new Moons) and blue bars (full Moons) indicate key Moon phases. The label associated with each bar indicates the date and time that the phase is obtained, and the companion time labels indicate the rise and set times of the Moon for the nearest time interval in which the moon is above the horizon.
The time in which the moon is above the horizon (light blue area), with new moons (dark gray lines) and full moons (blue lines) indicated. The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Feb 2022
Illumination
Moonrise
Moonset
Moonrise
Meridian Passing
Distance
1
0%
8:14 AM
ESE
7:10 PM
WSW
–
1:42 PM
S
227,576 mi
2
3%
8:59 AM
ESE
8:16 PM
WSW
–
2:38 PM
S
230,232 mi
3
8%
9:37 AM
ESE
9:19 PM
W
–
3:28 PM
S
233,549 mi
4
15%
10:12 AM
E
10:19 PM
W
–
4:14 PM
S
237,221 mi
5
23%
10:43 AM
E
11:16 PM
W
–
4:58 PM
S
240,926 mi
6
32%
11:14 AM
E
–
–
5:41 PM
S
244,367 mi
7
42%
–
12:11 AM
W
11:46 AM
ENE
6:24 PM
S
247,295 mi
8
50%
–
1:06 AM
WNW
12:18 PM
ENE
7:07 PM
S
249,531 mi
9
62%
–
2:01 AM
WNW
12:54 PM
ENE
7:53 PM
S
250,967 mi
10
71%
–
2:57 AM
WNW
1:33 PM
ENE
8:40 PM
S
251,569 mi
11
79%
–
3:51 AM
WNW
2:17 PM
ENE
9:30 PM
S
251,372 mi
12
87%
–
4:45 AM
WNW
3:05 PM
ENE
10:21 PM
S
250,467 mi
13
93%
–
5:36 AM
WNW
3:58 PM
ENE
11:12 PM
S
248,989 mi
14
95%
–
6:23 AM
WNW
4:54 PM
ENE
–
–
15
97%
–
7:07 AM
WNW
5:52 PM
ENE
12:03 AM
S
247,098 mi
16
100%
–
7:46 AM
WNW
6:51 PM
ENE
12:52 AM
S
244,957 mi
17
100%
–
8:22 AM
WNW
7:49 PM
ENE
1:39 AM
S
242,717 mi
18
98%
–
8:55 AM
W
8:48 PM
E
2:24 AM
S
240,495 mi
19
94%
–
9:28 AM
W
9:46 PM
E
3:09 AM
S
238,370 mi
20
87%
–
10:00 AM
W
10:46 PM
E
3:54 AM
S
236,387 mi
21
79%
–
10:33 AM
W
11:47 PM
ESE
4:40 AM
S
234,559 mi
22
69%
–
11:10 AM
WSW
–
5:29 AM
S
232,892 mi
23
50%
12:51 AM
ESE
11:51 AM
WSW
–
6:21 AM
S
231,402 mi
24
46%
1:58 AM
ESE
12:38 PM
WSW
–
7:18 AM
S
230,133 mi
25
34%
3:05 AM
ESE
1:33 PM
WSW
–
8:19 AM
S
229,166 mi
26
23%
4:10 AM
ESE
2:34 PM
WSW
–
9:22 AM
S
228,615 mi
27
14%
5:10 AM
ESE
3:41 PM
WSW
–
10:26 AM
S
228,607 mi
28
7%
6:04 AM
ESE
4:49 PM
WSW
–
11:27 AM
S
229,247 mi
We base the humidity comfort level on the dew point, as it determines whether perspiration will evaporate from the skin, thereby cooling the body. Lower dew points feel drier and higher dew points feel more humid. Unlike temperature, which typically varies significantly between night and day, dew point tends to change more slowly, so while the temperature may drop at night, a muggy day is typically followed by a muggy night.
The chance that a given day will be muggy in Maspalomas is essentially constant during February, remaining around 1% throughout.
For reference, on September 22, the muggiest day of the year, there are muggy conditions 45% of the time, while on January 13, the least muggy day of the year, there are muggy conditions 0% of the time.
Humidity Comfort Levels in February in Maspalomas
Humidity Comfort Levels in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%0%10%10%20%20%30%30%40%40%50%50%60%60%70%70%80%80%90%90%100%100%JanMarFeb 11%Feb 11%Feb 281%Feb 281%Feb 111%Feb 111%humidhumidcomfortablecomfortabledrydry
The percentage of time spent at various humidity comfort levels, categorized by dew point.
This section discusses the wide-area hourly average wind vector (speed and direction) at 10 meters above the ground. The wind experienced at any given location is highly dependent on local topography and other factors, and instantaneous wind speed and direction vary more widely than hourly averages.
The average hourly wind speed in Maspalomas is essentially constant during February, remaining within 0.2 miles per hour of 14.8 miles per hour throughout.
For reference, on July 17, the windiest day of the year, the daily average wind speed is 19.2 miles per hour, while on October 13, the calmest day of the year, the daily average wind speed is 12.3 miles per hour.
The highest daily average wind speed during February is 15.1 miles per hour on February 27.
Average Wind Speed in February in Maspalomas
Average Wind Speed in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 mph0 mph5 mph5 mph20 mph20 mph25 mph25 mph30 mph30 mphJanMarFeb 2715. 1 mphFeb 2715.1 mphFeb 114.7 mphFeb 114.7 mph
The average of mean hourly wind speeds (dark gray line), with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
The hourly average wind direction in Maspalomas throughout February is predominantly from the north, with a peak proportion of 63% on February 28.
Wind Direction in February in Maspalomas
Wind Direction in February in MaspalomasENFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%100%20%80%40%60%60%40%80%20%100%0%JanMareastnorthwestsouth
northeastsouthwest
The percentage of hours in which the mean wind direction is from each of the four cardinal wind directions, excluding hours in which the mean wind speed is less than 1.0 mph. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries are the percentage of hours spent in the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
Maspalomas is located near a large body of water (e.g., ocean, sea, or large lake). This section reports on the wide-area average surface temperature of that water.
The average surface water temperature in Maspalomas is essentially constant during February, remaining around 66°F throughout.
Average Water Temperature in February in Maspalomas
Average Water Temperature in February in MaspalomasFeb112233445566778899101011111212131314141515161617171818191920202121222223232424252526262727282864°F64°F65°F65°F66°F66°F67°F67°F68°F68°F69°F69°F70°F70°FJanMarFeb 166°FFeb 166°FFeb 2866°FFeb 2866°FFeb 1166°FFeb 1166°F
The daily average water temperature (purple line), with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
Definitions of the growing season vary throughout the world, but for the purposes of this report, we define it as the longest continuous period of non-freezing temperatures (≥ 32°F) in the year (the calendar year in the Northern Hemisphere, or from July 1 until June 30 in the Southern Hemisphere).
Temperatures in Maspalomas are sufficiently warm year round that it is not entirely meaningful to discuss the growing season in these terms. We nevertheless include the chart below as an illustration of the distribution of temperatures experienced throughout the year.
Time Spent in Various Temperature Bands and the Growing Season in February in Maspalomas
Time Spent in Various Temperature Bands and the Growing Season in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280%100%10%90%20%80%30%70%40%60%50%50%60%40%70%30%80%20%90%10%100%0%JanMar100%Feb 15100%Feb 15100%Jan 1100%Jan 1coolcomfortablewarm
frigid 15°F freezing 32°F very cold 45°F cold 55°F cool 65°F comfortable 75°F warm 85°F hot 95°F sweltering
The percentage of time spent in various temperature bands. The black line is the percentage chance that a given day is within the growing season.
Growing degree days are a measure of yearly heat accumulation used to predict plant and animal development, and defined as the integral of warmth above a base temperature, discarding any excess above a maximum temperature. In this report, we use a base of 50°F and a cap of 86°F.
The average accumulated growing degree days in Maspalomas are increasing during February, increasing by 382°F, from 456°F to 838°F, over the course of the month.
Growing Degree Days in February in Maspalomas
Growing Degree Days in February in MaspalomasFeb1122334455667788991010111112121313141415151616171718181919202021212222232324242525262627272828500°F500°F600°F600°F700°F700°F800°F800°F900°F900°FJanMarFeb 1456°FFeb 1456°FFeb 28838°FFeb 28838°FFeb 11597°FFeb 11597°FFeb 21738°FFeb 21738°F
The average growing degree days accumulated over the course of February, with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
This section discusses the total daily incident shortwave solar energy reaching the surface of the ground over a wide area, taking full account of seasonal variations in the length of the day, the elevation of the Sun above the horizon, and absorption by clouds and other atmospheric constituents. Shortwave radiation includes visible light and ultraviolet radiation.
The average daily incident shortwave solar energy in Maspalomas is increasing during February, rising by 1.1 kWh, from 4.3 kWh to 5.4 kWh, over the course of the month.
Average Daily Incident Shortwave Solar Energy in February in Maspalomas
Average Daily Incident Shortwave Solar Energy in February in MaspalomasFeb11223344556677889910101111121213131414151516161717181819192020212122222323242425252626272728280 kWh0 kWh2 kWh2 kWh3 kWh3 kWh4 kWh4 kWh5 kWh5 kWh5 kWh5 kWh6 kWh6 kWh7 kWh7 kWhJanMarFeb 14.3 kWhFeb 14.3 kWhFeb 285.4 kWhFeb 285.4 kWhFeb 164.9 kWhFeb 164. 9 kWh
The average daily shortwave solar energy reaching the ground per square meter (orange line), with 25th to 75th and 10th to 90th percentile bands.
For the purposes of this report, the geographical coordinates of Maspalomas are 27.761 deg latitude, -15.586 deg longitude, and 105 ft elevation.
The topography within 2 miles of Maspalomas contains significant variations in elevation, with a maximum elevation change of 597 feet and an average elevation above sea level of 157 feet. Within 10 miles contains significant variations in elevation (4,295 feet). Within 50 miles also contains extreme variations in elevation (6,411 feet).
The area within 2 miles of Maspalomas is covered by artificial surfaces (48%), bare soil (15%), shrubs (13%), and water (13%), within 10 miles by water (56%) and shrubs (32%), and within 50 miles by water (92%).
This report illustrates the typical weather in Maspalomas, based on a statistical analysis of historical hourly weather reports and model reconstructions from January 1, 1980 to December 31, 2016.
Temperature and Dew Point
There are 2 weather stations near enough to contribute to our estimation of the temperature and dew point in Maspalomas.
For each station, the records are corrected for the elevation difference between that station and Maspalomas according to the International Standard Atmosphere , and by the relative change present in the MERRA-2 satellite-era reanalysis between the two locations.
The estimated value at Maspalomas is computed as the weighted average of the individual contributions from each station, with weights proportional to the inverse of the distance between Maspalomas and a given station.
The stations contributing to this reconstruction are:
Gran Canaria Airport (GCLP, 88%, 17 mi, northeast, -30 ft elevation change)
Tenerife South Airport (GCTS, 12%, 63 mi, west, 102 ft elevation change)
To get a sense of how much these sources agree with each other, you can view a comparison of Maspalomas and the stations that contribute to our estimates of its temperature history and climate. Please note that each source’s contribution is adjusted for elevation and the relative change present in the MERRA-2 data.
Other Data
All data relating to the Sun’s position (e.g., sunrise and sunset) are computed using astronomical formulas from the book, Astronomical Algorithms 2nd Edition , by Jean Meeus.
All other weather data, including cloud cover, precipitation, wind speed and direction, and solar flux, come from NASA’s MERRA-2 Modern-Era Retrospective Analysis . This reanalysis combines a variety of wide-area measurements in a state-of-the-art global meteorological model to reconstruct the hourly history of weather throughout the world on a 50-kilometer grid.
Land Use data comes from the Global Land Cover SHARE database , published by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.
Elevation data comes from the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) , published by NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory.
Names, locations, and time zones of places and some airports come from the GeoNames Geographical Database .
Time zones for airports and weather stations are provided by AskGeo.com .
The information on this site is provided as is, without any assurances as to its accuracy or suitability for any purpose. Weather data is prone to errors, outages, and other defects. We assume no responsibility for any decisions made on the basis of the content presented on this site.
We draw particular cautious attention to our reliance on the MERRA-2 model-based reconstructions for a number of important data series. While having the tremendous advantages of temporal and spatial completeness, these reconstructions: (1) are based on computer models that may have model-based errors, (2) are coarsely sampled on a 50 km grid and are therefore unable to reconstruct the local variations of many microclimates, and (3) have particular difficulty with the weather in some coastal areas, especially small islands.
We further caution that our travel scores are only as good as the data that underpin them, that weather conditions at any given location and time are unpredictable and variable, and that the definition of the scores reflects a particular set of preferences that may not agree with those of any particular reader.
Please review our full terms contained on our Terms of Service page.
Weather in Maspalomas in February 2023, water temperature in Maspalomas
Check the weather for February before planning your holiday in Maspalomas.
Average weather data includes daytime highs and nighttime lows in temperature, rainfall, hours of sunshine, and water temperature data.
Average temperature:
18 ° C
Average temperature during the day:
20 ° C
Average temperature at night:
16 ° C
SUCH hours:
9000 7
Rainfall in mm:
32 mm
Number of rainy days in a month:
8
Water temperature:
0
17010
0010
The weather is now
25 ° C
2 Forecast for 7 days
Air temperature (MAKS-MIN) on days
Predict 9000 February 2022
February 2021
February 2020
February 2019
February 2018
February 2017
February 2016
February 2016
20160003
17 ° C
21 ° C
17 ° C
21 ° C
17 ° C
21 ° C
16 ° C
21 ° C
16 ° C
21
16 ° C
21 ° C
16 ° C
20 ° C
16 ° C
21 ° C
17 ° C
10
FE.
21°C
17°C
11
Feb.
21°C
17°C
12
Feb.
21°C
17°C
13
Feb.
21°C
17°C
14
Feb.
22°C
17°C
15
Feb.
21°C
15°C
16
Feb.
21°C
15°C
17
Feb.
21°C
17°C
18
Feb.
20°C
16°C
19
Feb.
19°C
16°C
20
Feb.
19°C
16°C
21
Feb.
20°C
16°C
22
Feb.
20°C
16°C
23
Feb.
21°C
16°C
24
Feb.
21°C
17°C
25
Feb.
21°C
17°C
26
Feb.
21°C
16°C
27
Feb.
20°C
16°C
28
Feb.
20°C
16°C
29
Feb.
22°C
16°C
Water temperature in February by day
11
Feb.
12
Feb.
13
Feb.
14
Feb.
15
Feb.
16
Feb.
17
Feb.
18
Feb.
19
Feb.
20
Feb.
21
Feb.
22
Feb.
23
Feb.
24
Feb.
25
Feb.
26
Feb.
27
Feb.
28
Feb.
29
Feb.
Daily precipitation
Light rain – up to 2.5 mm per hour, moderate rain – up to 8 mm per hour, heavy rain – more than 8 mm per hour, heavy rain from 30 mm.
The maximum day temperature in Maspalomas is 21.5556 °C, the minimum night temperature is 15.2222 °C. Rainfall in February is usually no more than 32 mm, and the number of hours of sunshine is at least 7.9Ol000 From
, the Dorada Costa
12 ° C
Costa del
17 ° C
Mallorca
14 ° C
170074 17 ° C
Tenerife
19 ° C
Show all over the Kurorta
003
Monthly weather in Maspalomas
In January
In February
In March
In April
In May
In June
In July
In August
In September
In October
In November
In December
February 5, 2020
1 review hotel on map prices
Rested with my husband in early October. The ticket was bought through a tour operator. The hotel actually corresponds to the stars, pleased with a good spacious new room. View of the hotel, quiet at night… Read more
inka
February 20, 2012
Bungalows Vistaflor Maspalomas
photo
3 reviews hotel map prices
I went to this hotel with friends in May 2011. Clean, well-groomed territory, simple, but bright and stylish neat rooms (bungalows). The room was cleaned daily. Large swimming pool, sun loungers. At the hotel we don’t… Read more
Weather in Maspalomas in February. Sea water temperature in February. Weather by months.
Sea weather / Spain / Weather in Maspalomas / Weather in FEBRUARY
January
February
March
Daytime average temperature
+20°C
+20°C
+21°C
Average temperature at night
+17°C
+17°C
+17°C
Sea water temperature
+20°C
+19°C
+19°C
Number of sunny days
24 days
21 days
26 days
Daylength
10. 4 – 10.9 hours
10.0 – 11.6 hours
11.6 – 12.4 hours
Number of rainy days
0 days
0 days
1 day
Rainfall
9.7 mm
5.6 mm
6.8 mm
Average wind speed
5.8 m / s
6.2 m / s
6.0 m / s
Monthly weather in Maspalomas
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
0003
AUGUST
SEP
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DEC
Weather in Maspalomas now •
Weather forecast for 14 days •
Sea water temperature •
Air temperature •
Weather by month •
Weather in the resorts of Spain
Air temperature in Maspalomas in February
The graph below provides detailed information about the daytime and nighttime temperatures in Maspalomas in February.
Select the year you are interested in to see daily temperatures in February for that year.
The average air temperature in February over the past 5 years is 19.9°C during the day and 16.9°C at night.
To get data on the air temperature in Maspalomas for other months, go to the “Weather by months” section.
Data for:
February
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
The graph below provides detailed information about sea water temperature in Maspalomas in February.
Select the year you are interested in to see daily temperatures in February for that year.
The average sea temperature in Maspalomas in February for the past 5 years is 18.8°C.
To get water temperature data for other months, go to the “Weather by months” section.
Data for:
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Sunny days in Maspalomas in February
The graph below shows the number of sunny, cloudy and overcast days you can expect in Maspalomas in February.
The forecast is based on information about the weather in this resort, collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Rainy days in Maspalomas in February
The graph below displays the chances of rainfall of varying strengths in Maspalomas in February.
The forecast is based on rainfall information for this resort collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
Windy days in Maspalomas in February
The chart below shows information on how strong the winds can be in Maspalomas in February.
The forecast is based on information about the strength of the wind at this resort, collected over the past five years.
However, such a forecast cannot be accurate and should only serve as a rough guide.
9Ol000 WEATHER NOW
rainfall is relatively low during this month, at around 60mm. However, there is still a chance of rain, so pack your umbrella! The days are also shorter in February, with an average of just over 11 hours of daylight.
The average temperature in the Azores in winter and spring is 20°C.
The average temperature for the month is 16°C, with highs of 19°C and lows of 14°C. Precipitation levels remain steady at an average of 60mm.
The result is an average temperature of 17ºC in winter and 25ºC in summer.
The average yearly temperature of 22ºC makes it a real privileged location.
Nowadays, the Day Carnival in Vegueta, an extense programme of events for children complete a festivity that presents the Queen Gala and the famous Drag Queen Gala as their key dates, along with the popular murgas and comparsas contests.
At the same time, due to the unusual relief, different microclimates prevail in different parts of the island, which could not but affect the natural diversity of Gran Canaria. Only here you can enjoy the grandeur of the canyons of North America in one day, drive along the prairies of Mexico, wander in the sand dunes of the Sahara, have a picnic on the edge of a pine forest, listen to the singing of exotic birds hiding in lush tropical thickets. 
In resort areas, it is already almost impossible to purchase a free plot of land for building next to the ocean. In the ancient resort of Playa del Ingles, an active reconstruction of old residential complexes is now underway. Here you can buy apartments or bungalows at an affordable price. All residential complexes have one or more swimming pools. The management company takes care of the care of the garden (park), swimming pools, garage. The fees for these services, including water and electricity, range from 50 to 150 euros per month. 
The profitability of this type of investment is about 35%, which is the highest in Europe. Europeans, as a rule, live here on their own in winter, and in the rest of the year they rent out housing to tourists, entrusting the care of real estate and the process of renting to specialized companies. The average cost per square meter of housing in resort areas is 2,000 euros. Real estate in more remote from the resorts, but at the same time no less beautiful coastal areas can be purchased for 1,600 euros per square meter. 
The Mediterranean coast has high sunshine levels, from six hours per day in the winter to 12 hours per day in summer. Winters are mild and much warmer than central Spain, rain in Spain is very rare from June to August although the northern Mediterranean coast may be liable to occasional heavy downpours.
Sunshine levels average 5 hours per day in winter and 12 hours per day in summer. Central Spain and the Atlantic coast can be notably windy with the winds being cold if coming from snow-covered sierras.
Spain is one of the most mountainous counties in Europe and has two oceans (the Mediterranean and Atlantic) on both sides of it. There is also a huge difference between the northern and southern climate.
Heading towards the winter, as the hour changes, daily sunshine reduces to an average of 6 hours, again another reason why winter tourism is still as popular as ever with many northern European travellers.
The winter season here starts in December and lasts till March. The temperature highly depends on the region and its proximity to the sea or the mountains. 
Note: sometimes, the dates vary, so make sure to check before you plan. 
Aire de Barcelona offers hot baths of different temperatures in a candlelit room along with other services like a relaxing massage, red wine bath, and candle oil experience, to name just a few. 
The best part about visiting in the winter is that you’ll see tons of beautiful festive lights when walking around these places!
Moreover, the region also sees very little rainfall, while most days are bright with clear skies. 
Alternatively, head towards the Calleja de las Flores (Alley of Flowers) to find the cute cobbled alleyways adorned with colorful flowers.
The main sight here is the Castle of Santa Barbara nestled on the hilltop overlooking the sea and the city. The surrounding Santa Cruz neighborhood is also worth checking out on your way to or from the castle. The area is full of cute white houses adorned with flowers and colorful windows. 
With some luck, you might even get to see the picturesque snow-covered ancient town.
The Cathedral’s museum has a large artifact collection, including valuable tapestries and embroidered pieces.
Similar to Gran Canaria, it’s a popular destination for the rest of Europe. The Canary Islands, often referred to as “the land of eternal spring,” enjoys a 22C average temperature even in January, making it, probably, the warmest place in Spain. 
It is easy to rent a car to explore the island, or you can take advantage of the simple, extensive, and affordable public transportation system. 
It’s a great destination for active people who enjoy hiking and photography in a beautiful setting.
For many years visitors have been flocking to the sun-drenched beaches of this European hotspot, returning home with an enviable tan, and plenty of memories to smile about.
In fact, the temperature records for Spain illustrate the extremes that can be found across the country.
9 ° was recorded on February 23. That’s the highest February temperature in that area for 100 years.
All of these resorts have plenty to keep the kids occupied, which make them ideal choices for family breaks, but they also call out to groups and couples too.
Sipping a coffee in Las Ramblas is a must do.
Check out Baqueria Beret SA for a classy choice. Alternatively, check out the Sierra Nevada Ski Resort, located in the Sierra Nevada mountain range. Here you can try all manner of outdoor activities, including mountain biking, skydiving, and climbing, to name just a few.
The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
From bottom to top, the black lines are the previous solar midnight, sunrise, solar noon, sunset, and the next solar midnight. The day, twilights (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and night are indicated by the color bands from yellow to gray.
The black lines are lines of constant solar elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon, in degrees). The background color fills indicate the azimuth (the compass bearing) of the sun. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries of the cardinal compass points indicate the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Lower dew points feel drier and higher dew points feel more humid. Unlike temperature, which typically varies significantly between night and day, dew point tends to change more slowly, so while the temperature may drop at night, a muggy day is typically followed by a muggy night.
6 mphFeb 112.6 mphFeb 2812.1 mphFeb 2812.1 mphFeb 1612.3 mphFeb 1612.3 mph
The black line is the percentage chance that a given day is within the growing season.
5 kWh
Mallorca’s mountain ranges bring regional climate variations, with cooler temperatures and higher rainfall than the coast. 
5 
From bottom (most yellow) to top (most gray), the color bands indicate: full daylight, twilight (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and full night.
The black lines are lines of constant solar elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon, in degrees). The background color fills indicate the azimuth (the compass bearing) of the sun. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries of the cardinal compass points indicate the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
g. a METAR report.
[Updated 29 October] 
Great Britain, 1. France, and 3. Spain. Photo: iRunFar/Meghan Hicks
In addition to his 2016 win at UTMB, Ludo has run on the French national team at the Trail World Championships at least five times, taking fifth in 2015, fifth in 2016, sixth in 2017, fifth in 2018, and seventh in 2019. As for dealing with heat, Ludo tied for the win at the Diagonale des Fous in 2021 and placed second three times (2009, 2014, and 2019).
And the French team talent keeps rolling with Martin Kern, who won the Marathon du Mont-Blanc 90k last year and was fourth at this year’s TDS.
Last year, Borgialli won the Ultra Trail Lago d’Orta 100k in Italy. Yet another Italian with a top-20 run at last year’s CCC is Francesco Cucco, who was 14th. Last year, Cucco was also fourth at the Transgrancanaria 129k, while he was fifth at the Marathon du Mont-Blanc 90k in 2019.
Krogvig placed 41st at the 85k Trail World Championships at Penyagolosa Trails in 2018.
He also had a DNF back in June at the Mozart by UTMB 105k. Anders Kjærevik sure has raced a ton in 2022 with results including a third at Penyagolosa MiM 60k, a 17th at both the Zegama Marathon and CCC, and 64th at Sierre-Zinal.
S. resident Ryan Smith rounds out the four-man Great Britain team with his extensive resume. Over just the past few years, he’s won the 2019 Leadville 100 Mile and been third at the 2021 Hardrock 100. Back in 2018, Smith took 16th at the 85k Trail World Championships in Penyagolosa, Spain.
As I’ll soon mention, this year’s Penyagolosa MiM 60k race for some of the other Spanish runners, I’ll point out that Egea was second there.
That means for the Americans to place well as a team, they’ll need two of Eric LiPuma, Jeff Colt, and Adam Merry to step up alongside Team USA’s headliner Adam Peterman, who is previewed above.
Fuji; 47th 2019 & 55th 2022 UTMB
Photo: iRunFar/Bryon Powell
s. 
s. 
06.2022 
” He also then pointed to trusting relations with Russia and noted the belief in “the wisdom and decency of the Russian leadership.” 
Then, in addition to convinced Russian imperialists (like me, for example, they brought in back in 2015), the content began to be filled with people who, say, urged to think about a peaceful solution to the Crimean issue with Russia, or simply visited the peninsula. A lot of Western politicians and public figures ended up there for real or imaginary sympathy for the Kremlin. 
Department of Sociology and Management, BSTU named after V.G. Shukhov Mikhail Ignatov . 
The first is the intimidation of the elites of certain countries by including a representative there. The second reason is to designate those against them. For me personally, being included in this list would be a reward! 
Historical data shows that you can expect an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. But due to the moderate humidity it can feel slightly uncomfortable for some. During the night, it will cool down to around 55°F / 13°C. Many will prefer a location with air conditioning due to the high humidity level.
In February, during the warmest part of the afternoon, the temperature can often get as high as 80°F / 27°C, and at the end of the night, it can get as low as 50°F / 10°C.
January and December are the coldest months, with a temperature of around 78°F / 26°C. When comparing February with the temperature in the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 78°F / 26°C. And almost equal to March, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 84°F / 29°C.
2 inches / 6 mm of rain. And slightly more than March, which sees around 0.2 inches / 5 mm of rain
When comparing February with the number of sunny days in the month before and after, it is almost equal to January, with an average of between 10 and 11 sunny days. And almost equal to March, with around 7 sunny days 
It is one of the top spots in Puerto Rico.
But the real question they want to ask is not about humidity but the amount of moisture in the air. Or better, about comfort. Will it be comfortable in February in Puerto Rico, or will high humidity make it uncomfortable.
For Puerto Rico Gran Canaria, there are, on average 9 sunny days and 17 partly sunny days in February. That clearly shows that it is not raining all the time.
1 ° C 
1 ° C 
If you embrace the cold and can’t wait to get the snow gear out, you’ll also find an abundance of powder in some of the world’s top ski resorts. Get ready to drag out the festive season just that little bit longer, with top holiday places to visit…
With excellent opportunities for hiking, diving, paragliding and cycling. Wherever you are on the island, there is always an organisation nearby for a great activity.
Monthly averages are based on weather data from the last 30 years.
It is warm every month with both a wet and dry season. The average annual temperature for La Palma is 41° degrees and there is about 35 inch of rain in a year. It is dry for 223 days a year with an average humidity of 76% and an UV-index of 6.
It lies in a straight line 3,240 miles from New York. La Palma is part of the Canary Islands.
The average water temperature in La Palma in winter reaches 20.3°C, in spring 19.9°C, in summer the average temperature rises to 22.5°C, and in autumn it is 23.6°C.
Data in table shown for 8 October 2022, time in GMT 0 format (you can change the time zone on the sea state forecast page)
5°C
7°C
2°C
7°C
All fields are optional and you can fill in any
Palm (Illes Balears) 
Menorca, classified by UNESCO as a Biosphere Reserve in 1993, is a preferred destination for nature lovers. 
… 
»In the modern sense of Balearic Islands there are therefore two groups of Islands : the eastern quarter, mainly Mallorca and Menorca, as well as the island of Cabrera; and the western block, mainly with Ibiza and Formentera. 
Positive emotions and good mood in February will be added by the Spanish carnival. The most solemn Carnival is celebrated in Santa Cruz de Tenerife and Cadiz. The weather in Spain will also pleasantly surprise you, because in the southern regions of Spain in February it is warm and sunny, as, in fact, at other times of the year. 
Tours to Spain in February at the Atlantic resorts of the Canary Islands complement the amazing landscape of the islands of the Canary archipelago with mountains and volcanoes, sand dunes and many historical sights. 
As a rule, the rest is calm and secluded. It should be borne in mind that for about two weeks in February, the famous Spanish carnival takes place with costumed performances, dances, performances, which will be interesting to see for any tourist, even the youngest. Children involved in festive events will not only see colorful processions, but will also receive gifts. 
To get acquainted with the history and interesting places of Spain, it does not matter what time of the year is outside the window, which is why sightseeing tours to Spain in February are in particular demand. 
If the water in the sea seems cool, then heated pools at hotels or beach clubs can be considered as an alternative. 
Even if the weather suddenly turns bad or the water on the coast seems cool, you can always visit many interesting places here, and good transport infrastructure will easily make it possible to organize trips to the neighboring cities of Andalusia with a long history. Assistance in organizing recreation on the resort coast of the Costa del Sol will be provided by the travel company SMtour. 
6°C 
There is practically no rain, about 0 days per month, 9.0 mm of precipitation falls. Sunny weather lasts at least 15 days. According to the reviews of tourists who have visited Spain, it is worth going on vacation to La Palma in February. 
9 mm more rains, in the next month, 7.3 mm more. The weather on La Palma in February in the first and second half of the month is shown in the summary table for 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 years. 
4°C 
3°C 
8°C 
3°C 
1°C 
4°C 
7°C 
2°C 
The talented team behind this show will take you on a journey through London, Paris and New York, bringing the very best of the West End and Broadway to you on stage. The Sound of Musicals incorporates performances from over 15 musicals, complete with sparkling costumes, amazing voices and light-hearted comedy to create a night you’ll never forget. As well as the show, a three-course meal and unlimited drinks are included in the ticket price.
There are carnival queen elections, parades, street parties and plenty of opportunities for everyone to dress up. The Santa Cruz carnival is regarded as the second best in the world, making it a must-see if you’re in Tenerife during February; the distance between Costa Adeje to Santa Cruz is 76 miles.
Historical data shows that you can expect an average temperature of around 71°F / 22°C. Due to the dry air, it will feel very comfortable. During the night, it will cool down to around 55°F / 13°C.
In February, during the warmest part of the afternoon, the temperature can often get as high as 78°F / 26°C, and at the end of the night, it can get as low as 50°F / 10°C.
January is the coldest month, with a temperature of around 77°F / 25°C. When comparing February with the temperature in the month before and after, this is almost equal to January, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 77°F / 25°C. And almost equal to March, which sees an average maximum temperature of around 82°F / 28°C.
9 inches / 23 mm of rain. And slightly more than March, which sees around 0.7 inches / 19 mm of rain
When comparing February with the number of sunny days in the month before and after, it is almost equal to January, with an average of between 6 and 7 sunny days. And almost equal to March, with around 4 sunny days 
The lower the Wintersun Expert Comfort level, the more comfortable it will be. Only for certain people, extremely dry air can feel slightly uncomfortable.
There is a large number of fauna and flora present including sightings of the occasional eagle.
It is a lot less reliable for comfort. Where the dew point only varies with the amount of moisture in the air.
We think that February a good time to go to Costa Adeje Tenerife for most visitors.
While February is the month with the lowest number of sunny days and partly sunny days combined.
Low 66F. SE winds at 10 to 20 mph, decreasing to less than 5 mph.
Low 66F. Winds ESE at 5 to 10 mph.
Increasing clouds with showers later in the day. High 76F. Winds E at 10 to 15 mph. Chance of rain 50%.
High 76F. E winds shifting to S at 10 to 15 mph. Chance of rain 40%.
…. But a very unpleasant feeling … Read more 
The average daily air temperature in February is 20.4 °C, while the sea water temperature will be 19.3 °C. 
3% 
During the day, the air temperature in February ranges from 17.5°C to 22.2°C, at night from 14.6°C to 14.6°C, respectively. The mean air temperature is 20.4 °C during the day, and 16.3 °C at night. The difference between daytime and nighttime air temperatures averages up to 4.0°C per month. 
The day length (from dawn to dusk) is 11 hours and 12 minutes. The number of hours of sunshine when the sun’s rays reach the earth’s surface, taking into account the average cloud cover for the month, is 10 hours and 1 minute per day. 
6°C 
1°C 
Sea water temperature in February. Weather by months.
3 mm 
6 ° C 
C 
Sunscreen and sunglasses are essential, and you might want to take a cap to keep the afternoon rays at bay. Comfortable shoes for wandering through towns and villages are advisable, while hiking boots are recommended for the trails. Take a light jacket or sweater for the cooler evenings, and a pair of trousers in case it gets a bit chilly. Don’t forget your swimming shorts for those sunny afternoons by the pool.
Go first thing in the morning to avoid the day trippers. If you want to head up Mount Teide in the cable car it’s a good idea to book your tickets in advance to skip the long queues.
We have spent a lot of time and effort to
7% in September 
Regis Resort in Costa Mujeres, Mexico 
7 Million Int. Passengers in September 
s. 
s. 
In Maspalomas there is an average of nine hours of sunshine per day at this time of the year that’s only three hours less compared to July which experiences 12 hours of sunshine per day.
At this time of year the wind is most often coming from the north, followed by the north east.
The beach is said to be over 6km long and 2km wide, so there’s plenty of space for everyone! The beach is made up of fine golden, white sand and the sea boasts a beautiful deep blue colour throughout the year. Along the beach you will find a number of beach bars, restaurants, kiosks, shops and cafes as well as water sports such as Jet Ski and pedalo hire. At this time of year the sea is also a positively warm 19°C, which makes it warm enough to go swimming and take part in the various water sports on offer.
From bottom to top, the black lines are the previous solar midnight, sunrise, solar noon, sunset, and the next solar midnight. The day, twilights (civil, nautical, and astronomical), and night are indicated by the color bands from yellow to gray.
The black lines are lines of constant solar elevation (the angle of the sun above the horizon, in degrees). The background color fills indicate the azimuth (the compass bearing) of the sun. The lightly tinted areas at the boundaries of the cardinal compass points indicate the implied intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest).
The shaded overlays indicate night and civil twilight.
Lower dew points feel drier and higher dew points feel more humid. Unlike temperature, which typically varies significantly between night and day, dew point tends to change more slowly, so while the temperature may drop at night, a muggy day is typically followed by a muggy night.
1 mphFeb 2715.1 mphFeb 114.7 mphFeb 114.7 mph
The black line is the percentage chance that a given day is within the growing season.
9 kWh
Please note that each source’s contribution is adjusted for elevation and the relative change present in the MERRA-2 data.
4444 MM 
The ticket was bought through a tour operator. The hotel actually corresponds to the stars, pleased with a good spacious new room. View of the hotel, quiet at night… Read more 
4 – 10.9 hours 
3
